[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025213469A1 - Communication methods, apparatuses and devices, medium and program product - Google Patents

Communication methods, apparatuses and devices, medium and program product

Info

Publication number
WO2025213469A1
WO2025213469A1 PCT/CN2024/087601 CN2024087601W WO2025213469A1 WO 2025213469 A1 WO2025213469 A1 WO 2025213469A1 CN 2024087601 W CN2024087601 W CN 2024087601W WO 2025213469 A1 WO2025213469 A1 WO 2025213469A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
field
subchannel
frame
transmission parameter
transmission
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2024/087601
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
罗朝明
卢刘明
高宁
李雅璞
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Original Assignee
Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd filed Critical Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2024/087601 priority Critical patent/WO2025213469A1/en
Publication of WO2025213469A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025213469A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to a communication method, apparatus, device, medium, and program product.
  • stations may face fluctuating channel interference. If stations adjust their transmission rates directly based on channel measurement results, frequent signaling instructions will be required, resulting in high signaling overhead. Frequent attempts at higher transmission rates are also likely to result in a high number of transmission failures. If stations adjust their transmission rates based on statistical algorithms, the lag in statistical results may also lead to a high number of transmission failures.
  • This application provides a communication method, apparatus, device, medium, and program product, the technical solution of which at least includes:
  • a communication method is provided. The method is performed by a first station, and the method includes:
  • the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site.
  • a communication method is provided. The method is performed by a second station, and the method includes:
  • the first frame including a set of transmission parameters requested or suggested for use by the second station on at least one subchannel;
  • the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site.
  • a communication device including:
  • a sending module is used to send a first frame, wherein the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requesting or suggesting that a second site use at least one subchannel; wherein the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the device; a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the device; a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site.
  • a communication device including:
  • a receiving module is used to receive a first frame, wherein the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requesting or suggesting that the device use at least one subchannel; wherein the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the device; and a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the device.
  • a communication device comprising: a processor; a transceiver connected to the processor; and a memory for storing executable instructions of the processor; wherein the processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the communication method as described in the above aspects.
  • a communication device comprising: a receiver; the communication device is configured to implement the communication method as described in the above aspects.
  • a computer-readable storage medium in which at least one program is stored.
  • the at least one program is loaded and executed by a processor to implement the communication method as described in the above aspects.
  • a computer program product or a computer program is provided, wherein the computer program product or the computer program includes computer instructions, wherein the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, a processor obtains the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor executes the computer instructions to implement the communication method as described in the above aspects.
  • a chip which includes a programmable logic circuit and/or at least one program, and the chip is used to implement the communication method described in the above aspects based on the programmable logic circuit and/or the at least one program.
  • the first station's request or suggestion of a subchannel and transmission parameter set for use by the second station provides greater flexibility and timeliness for the first station. Furthermore, because the transmission parameters indicated in the first frame are those requested or suggested by the first station, they better align with the first station's own expectations and capabilities, resulting in more accurate and reliable parameter adjustments, helping to ensure efficient communication within the system.
  • FIG1 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram showing a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram showing the format of an action field of a co-site interference request frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application
  • FIG4 shows a schematic diagram of the format of a request information field provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram showing the format of the action field of a co-site interference report frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram showing a DSO (Dynamic Subband Operation) process provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
  • DSO Dynamic Subband Operation
  • FIG8 is a flow chart showing a communication method according to an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a schematic flow chart showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram showing TXOP (Transmission Opportunity) sharing provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG11 shows a schematic diagram of TXOP sharing provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12 is a schematic diagram showing an RD (Reverse Direction) exchange sequence provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a schematic diagram showing the format of the control information subfield in the HLA (HE Link Adaptation, High Efficiency Link Adaptation) control field provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
  • HLA High Efficiency Link Adaptation
  • FIG14 is a schematic diagram showing the format of the control information subfield in the ELA (EHT Link Adaptation, Extremely High Throughput Link Adaptation) control field provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
  • ELA EHT Link Adaptation, Extremely High Throughput Link Adaptation
  • FIG15 is a schematic diagram showing a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG16 is a schematic diagram showing a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG17 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG18 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG19 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG20 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG21 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG22 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG23 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG24 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG25 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG26 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application
  • FIG27 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG28 is a schematic diagram showing a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG29 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG30 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG31 is a schematic diagram showing a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG32 shows a structural block diagram of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG33 shows a structural block diagram of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG34 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, third, etc. may be used in this application to describe various information, such information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other.
  • the first information may also be referred to as the second information, and similarly, the second information may also be referred to as the first information.
  • the word "if” as used herein may be interpreted as "at the time of” or “when” or "in response to determining”.
  • '0' represents the 'first meaning'
  • '1' represents the 'second meaning'.
  • the representative meanings can be swapped, that is, '1' represents the 'first meaning' and '0' represents the 'second meaning'.
  • the formats, names, and values of the frames/elements/fields involved in the various embodiments of the present application are merely examples and do not limit the formats, names, and values of the frames/elements/fields.
  • it is not excluded that at least one of the names of the aforementioned elements/fields, their positions in the frame, their order with other elements/fields, the number of bytes occupied, and the number of bits occupied may be changed.
  • it is not excluded that at least one of the names of the aforementioned frames, the elements/fields contained therein, the number of bytes occupied, and the number of bits occupied may be changed.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 includes terminal devices and terminal devices, or terminal devices and network devices, or STAs (Stations) and STAs, which are not limited in the present application.
  • STAs may include AP STAs (Access Point STAs) and/or non-AP STAs (non-access point STAs).
  • An AP STA may be referred to as an AP.
  • Communication between STAs may be implemented as communication between an AP and a non-AP STA, as communication between a non-AP STA and a non-AP STA, or as communication between a STA and a peer STA.
  • a peer STA refers to a device that communicates with a peer STA.
  • a peer STA may be an AP or a non-AP STA.
  • Figure 1 illustrates a wireless communication system 100 including an AP 110 and a non-AP STA 120.
  • AP 110 is a device deployed in a WLAN (Wireless Local Area Networks)/Wi-Fi (Wireless Fidelity) system to provide wireless communication capabilities for STAs.
  • AP 110 acts as a bridge between wired and wireless networks, connecting wireless network clients and then connecting the wireless network to Ethernet.
  • AP 110 can be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a router) equipped with a WLAN/Wi-Fi chip.
  • AP 110 may support various current and future IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 802.11 family WLAN standards, such as 802.11be, 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a. AP 110 may also be used in a network environment supporting next-generation WLAN systems/next-generation Wi-Fi communications.
  • IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
  • next-generation WLAN system is a WLAN system that evolves from the 802.11be system and is backward compatible with the 802.11be system.
  • Next-generation Wi-Fi communication refers to any new generation of Wi-Fi communication after Wi-Fi 7 based on the IEEE 802.11be specification, such as UHR (Ultra High Reliability) communication.
  • the non-AP STA 120 may be a UE (User Equipment) supporting WLAN/Wi-Fi technology, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, an e-book reader, a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a television, a VR (Virtual Reality) device, an AR (Augmented Reality) device, an MR (Mediated Reality) device, an XR (Extended Reality) device, a BR (Baffle Reality) device, a CR (Cinematic Reality) device, a DR (Deceive Reality) device, a remote terminal, a wireless device in industrial control, a set-top box, a wireless device in self-driving, an in-vehicle communication device, a wearable device, a remote control, a wireless device in industrial control, a wireless device in self-driving, a vehicle-mounted communication device, a wearable device, a remote control, a wireless device in industrial ...
  • a VR Virtual Reality
  • AR Augmented Reality
  • MR Media
  • Wireless devices in remote medical wireless devices in smart grid, wireless devices in transportation safety, wireless devices in smart city, wireless devices in smart home (such as smart cameras, smart remote controls, smart water meters and electricity meters, etc.), wireless communication chips, ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit), SoC (System on Chip), IoT (Internet of Things) nodes, sensors, wireless devices in IoV (Internet of Vehicles), etc.
  • the non-AP STA 120 can also be a handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, a computing device, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, etc., which are not listed here one by one.
  • non-AP STA 120 may be a device supporting various current and future IEEE 802.11 family WLAN standards, such as 802.11be, 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.
  • Non-AP STA 120 may also be used in a network environment supporting next-generation WLAN systems/next-generation Wi-Fi communications.
  • both AP 110 and non-AP STA 120 support IEEE 802.11 protocol, but are not limited to IEEE 802.11 protocol.
  • STA in wireless communication is not absolute. For example, when phone A is connected to a router, phone A is a non-AP STA, but when phone A acts as a hotspot for phone B, phone A acts as an AP.
  • the frequency bands supported by the wireless communication system 100 include, but are not limited to, millimeter wave (mmWave) bands (e.g., 45 GHz, 60 GHz, etc., which are within the range of 30 to 300 GHz) and low-frequency bands.
  • the low-frequency bands include the Sub-7 GHz band (e.g., 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, 6 GHz, etc., which are within the range of 1 to 7.25 GHz).
  • one or more links exist between AP 110 and non-AP STA 120.
  • multi-band communication is supported between the AP 110 and the non-AP STA 120.
  • communication is performed simultaneously in at least one of the frequency bands such as 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, 6 GHz, 45 GHz, and 60 GHz.
  • communication is performed simultaneously on different channels of the same frequency band or different channels of different frequency bands.
  • Multi-band communication can improve the communication throughput and/or reliability between devices.
  • Such a device that supports multi-band communication can be considered to have MLO (Multi-Link Operation) capability, commonly referred to as a multi-band device or MLD (Multi-Link Device), sometimes also referred to as a multi-band entity or multi-link entity.
  • MLD can be an AP device or a non-AP STA.
  • the MLD is an AP device, it contains one or more APs; if the MLD is a non-AP STA device, it contains one or more non-AP STAs.
  • Multiple links can be formed between the AP in the AP MLD and the STA in the STA MLD.
  • the AP in the AP MLD and the STA in the STA MLD can communicate through the corresponding links.
  • the Basic Service Set is the foundational topology of WLAN/Wi-Fi.
  • the communication devices that make up a BSS include an access point (AP) and several non-AP STAs. After joining an AP's wireless domain, each non-AP STA establishes an association with the AP. This allows data transmission between non-AP STAs and the AP, and data exchange between non-AP STAs through the AP.
  • BSSs are densely deployed, even in the same frequency band (e.g., 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, or 6 GHz). Their operating channels may completely overlap, partially overlap, or not overlap at all. In these scenarios, stations within the overlapping coverage areas of multiple BSSs may experience significant amounts of co-channel interference (CCI) and adjacent channel interference (ACI). This interference does not remain stable at a fixed level, but rather fluctuates, and the interference levels vary across different sub-channels.
  • CCI co-channel interference
  • ACI adjacent channel interference
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the channel quality is generally judged by counting the throughput over a period of time and the ACK (Acknowledgment) frames continuously received by the sender, such as the Minstrel algorithm, ARF (Auto Rate Fallback) algorithm, AARF (Adaptive Auto Rate Fallback) algorithm, AARF-CD (Adaptive Auto Rate Fallback Collision Detection) algorithm, CARA (Collision Aware Rate Adaptation) algorithm, etc.
  • CRA Collision-Aware Rate Adaptation
  • RRA Robust Rate Adaptation
  • RRPA Robust Rate and Power Adaptation
  • AMRR Adaptive Multi-Rate Retry
  • PARF Power-Controlled Auto-Rate Fallback
  • APARF Adaptive Power-Controlled Auto-Rate Fallback
  • adjusting to a higher transmission rate to improve throughput when interference frequently changes can easily result in a high number of transmission failures. If the sending site adjusts the transmission rate based on statistical results, it is likely to cause more transmission failures due to the large lag of the statistical method.
  • the present application proposes a communication method that facilitates sites to adjust transmission parameters in a timely and accurate manner to address interference issues that fluctuate within the system.
  • FIG2 is a flow chart showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is performed by a first station and a second station.
  • the method includes at least some of the following steps:
  • Step 220 The first station reports interference information to the second station.
  • the first station includes an AP or a non-AP STA.
  • the first station is located in an overlapping area of coverage of multiple BSSs.
  • the first station can report the interference status of one or more sub-channels to the peer station.
  • the peer station is referred to as the second station, which includes an AP or a non-AP STA.
  • the first station proactively sends an interference information report to the second station.
  • the first station may report the interference information based on a solicited request from the second station. That is, before step 220, the first station receives a solicited request from the second station requesting the first station to report the interference information.
  • the Report Timeout subfield contains a value in 200TUs (Time Unit, equal to 1024 microseconds), which is used to indicate the minimum interval between two consecutive co-site interference report frames sent by the first station. In other words, the interval between two reports of the first station should be greater than or equal to the value indicated by the Report Timeout subfield. When the field is set to 0, the Report Timeout subfield is reserved.
  • FIG5 shows a schematic diagram of the format of the action field of a co-site interference report frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the action field of the co-site interference report frame includes at least one of the following fields: category, WNM action, dialogue flag, and co-site interference report element.
  • the category, WNM action, and dialogue flag fields each occupy 1 byte, and the number of bytes occupied by the co-site interference report element is variable.
  • the format of the co-site interference report element is shown in FIG6 and includes at least one of the following fields: element ID (Identifier), length, report period, interference level, interference level accuracy/interference index, interference interval, interference burst length, interference start time/duty cycle, interference center frequency, and interference bandwidth.
  • the numbers under each field in Figure 6 indicate the number of bytes it occupies, which will not be detailed here.
  • the Reporting Period field contains a value in units of 200 TUs.
  • Step 240 The second station schedules the first station based on the interference information reported by the first station.
  • the second station schedules the first station via Dynamic Subband Operation (DSO) based on the interference information reported by the first station.
  • DSO Dynamic Subband Operation
  • the second station may perform DSO scheduling autonomously or upon request from the first station.
  • the second station dynamically indicates to the first station a transmit opportunity or a receive opportunity on the secondary 160 MHz (S160 or 160S). Dynamic indication is not limited to the secondary 160 MHz.
  • the second station can also dynamically indicate to the first station any AP/non-AP STA bandwidth combination, where the second station supports a higher bandwidth than the first station.
  • the operation can be a DL (downlink) transmission, a triggered UL (uplink) transmission, a point-to-point transmission, or an M-AP coordinated transmission.
  • DSO allows a second station to dynamically utilize the secondary 160 MHz bandwidth based on TXOPs (Transmission Opportunities) when it successfully gains channel access on the secondary 160 MHz.
  • the second station can dynamically decide whether to allocate bandwidth to a first station on the primary or secondary 160 MHz, and to which first stations, based on bandwidth availability, channel conditions, and QoS (Quality of Service) requirements.
  • the DSO process is illustrated in Figure 7.
  • the second station sends an instruction to the first station supporting DSO, requesting that the first station switch to the secondary 160 MHz for the TXOP. Frame exchange then continues on the secondary 160 MHz.
  • the second station sends a "Subband Switch Control Frame”—a special initial control frame—to the scheduled first station supporting DSO.
  • the Subband Switch Control Frame includes sufficient padding to cover the subband switching delay (i.e., the delay required for the first station to switch from the primary 160 MHz to the secondary 160 MHz).
  • the Subband Switch Control Frame can be a modified MU-RTS (Multi-User Request to Send) frame, a modified BSRP (Buffer Status Report Poll) frame, or a newly defined frame.
  • MU-RTS Multi-User Request to Send
  • BSRP Buffer Status Report Poll
  • the second station performs M-AP (Multi-AP) coordinated transmission scheduling based on the interference information reported by the first station. For example, the second station schedules the first station to perform C-TDMA (Coordinated Time Domain Multiple Access) or coordinated spatial multiplexing transmission. M-AP coordinated transmission scheduling can be performed autonomously by the second station or upon request by the first station.
  • M-AP Multi-AP
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application involves a first station reporting interference conditions to a second station, which then schedules transmission parameters for the first station based on the first station's interference conditions.
  • transmission parameters can be adjusted more promptly and accurately, thereby improving communication efficiency within the system.
  • the first station can only report interference information and transmit based on the second station's scheduling.
  • this approach can address interference changes to a certain extent, it lacks flexibility and timeliness.
  • the second station's scheduling may not fully meet the first station's expectations and capabilities.
  • the present application also proposes a communication method that supports more flexible adjustment of transmission parameters, which can deal with the interference problem of fluctuations in the system more promptly and accurately.
  • FIG8 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is performed by a first station.
  • the method includes at least some of the following steps:
  • Step 320 Send a first frame, where the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requested or suggested for use by the second station in at least one sub-channel.
  • At least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the operating channel bandwidth (Operating Channel Width) of the first site; a subchannel located outside the operating channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the operating channel bandwidth of the second site; a subchannel located outside the operating channel bandwidth of the second site.
  • the subchannel requested or suggested by the first frame can be located within or outside the operating channel bandwidth of the first site, and can also be located within or outside the operating channel bandwidth of the second site. Therefore, the first frame is not limited to parameter adjustment within the operating channel bandwidth of the first site itself, and can be more flexible and within a larger bandwidth range through the first frame. Parameter adjustment helps to improve the overall communication efficiency and quality within the system.
  • the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that is requested to be used by the second station on at least one subchannel. It can be understood that the first frame requests the second station to use the transmission parameter set for transmission on at least one subchannel.
  • the transmission performed by the second station based on the first frame can be DL transmission, UL transmission, point-to-point transmission, or M-AP transmission, that is, the second station can receive or send based on the first frame.
  • the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that is requested to be used by the second station on at least one subchannel, and the second station accepts the sharing of the first frame, it must use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission.
  • the first frame includes a transmission parameter set recommended for use by the second station on at least one subchannel. It can be understood that the first frame recommends that the second station use the transmission parameter set for transmission on at least one subchannel.
  • the transmission performed by the second station based on the first frame can be DL transmission or UL transmission or point-to-point transmission or M-AP transmission, that is, the second station can receive or send based on the first frame.
  • the second station may use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission, or may not use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission.
  • the subchannel and transmission parameter set recommended by the first frame are not mandatory.
  • step 320 may also be implemented as step 420 , see FIG. 9 .
  • Step 420 Send a first frame, where the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in the TXOP and/or subsequent transmission.
  • the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site.
  • At least one subchannel is outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site and within the working channel bandwidth of the second site.
  • the first site whose current working channel bandwidth is 80MHz, can detect the interference conditions of the P20, S20, and S40 subchannels, and know the interference conditions of the auxiliary 80MHz (which can be simply referred to as S80 or 80S) subchannel of the second site.
  • the at least one subchannel indicated by the first site through the first frame may include at least one of the following: the P20 subchannel of the first site, the S20 subchannel of the first site, the S40 subchannel of the first site, and the S80 subchannel of the second site.
  • the interference condition of the S80 subchannel of the second site may be known to the first site through the previously performed DSO and/or NPCA (Non-Primary Channel Access) operations.
  • NPCA Non-Primary Channel Access
  • At least one subchannel can be within and/or outside the operating channel bandwidth of the first station and outside the operating channel bandwidth of the second station.
  • the first station may have performed channel switching during TDLS (Tunneled Direct Link Setup) communications and thus be aware of channel interference outside the current operating channel bandwidth.
  • TDLS Transmission Direct Link Setup
  • the transmission parameter set includes at least one of the following parameters: subchannel BW (Bandwidth), MCS, NSS (Number of Spatial Streams), expected (Target) RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator), whether to use DRU (Distributed-Tone Resource Unit), whether to use frequency domain replication transmission, and whether to use spatial domain replication transmission.
  • the first frame indicates multiple subchannels and multiple sets of parameters in the transmission parameter set.
  • the second station may use all subchannels and all transmission parameters indicated by the first frame; alternatively, the second station may only use some subchannels and some transmission parameters indicated by the first frame. Whether the second station uses all subchannels and all transmission parameters is determined autonomously by the second station. Exemplarily, the second station randomly selects some subchannels and some transmission parameters to use, or the second station selects some subchannels and some transmission parameters to use based on at least one of the following: the second station's own capabilities, business requirements, QoS requirements, data volume, the first station's expectations, the first station's suggestions, and the first station's requests.
  • the first station can be a terminal device, a network device, an AP, or a non-AP STA.
  • the second station can also be a terminal device, a network device, an AP, or a non-AP STA.
  • the first station comprises a non-AP STA and the second station comprises an AP.
  • the first station shares a TXOP with the second station for downlink transmission.
  • the first station comprises a non-AP STA
  • the second station comprises a non-AP STA.
  • the TXOP shared by the first station with the second station is used for point-to-point transmission.
  • the first station comprises an AP and the second station comprises a non-AP STA.
  • the first station shares a TXOP with the second station for uplink transmission.
  • the first station includes an AP
  • the second station includes an AP
  • the TXOP shared by the first station with the second station is used for M-AP coordinated transmission.
  • step 320 Please refer to the relevant content in step 320, which will not be repeated here.
  • the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame can apply during the TXOP that the first station is currently sharing with the second station, or can apply to subsequent transmissions after the second station receives the first frame. That is, if the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters from a transmission parameter set in the TXOP, then the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame are valid during the TXOP that the first station is currently sharing with the second station. If the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters from a transmission parameter set in subsequent transmissions, then the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame remain valid after the second station receives the first frame.
  • the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame apply to the currently shared TXOP or subsequent transmissions does not conflict.
  • the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame can apply to both the currently shared TXOP and subsequent transmissions.
  • some subchannels and transmission parameters apply to the currently shared TXOP, while others apply to subsequent transmissions.
  • the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the TXOP
  • the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set in a TXOP, wherein the TXOP is the TXOP obtained by the first station in this competition.
  • the first station shares the TXOP with the second station, and requests or suggests that the second station use one or more specified subchannels and one or more sets of values in the specified transmission parameter set to transmit to the first station in the TXOP.
  • the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request frame (TXOP Sharing Request Frame).
  • TXOP Sharing Request Frame TXOP Sharing Request Frame
  • the first frame is also used to share the TXOP with the second station.
  • the second station performs downlink or uplink MU (Multi-User) transmission, M-AP operation, or point-to-point transmission until the TXOP duration expires.
  • the second station may expand the bandwidth by performing a fallback process.
  • the second station may return the TXOP to the first station by sharing it again.
  • FIG11 shows another schematic diagram of TXOP sharing.
  • the first station sends MU-RTS TXS TF (MU-RTS TXOP Sharing Trigger Frame is used to allocate RUs (Resource Units) to two or more synchronous point-to-point frame exchanges.
  • MU-RTS TXS TF MU-RTS TXOP Sharing Trigger Frame is used to allocate RUs (Resource Units) to two or more synchronous point-to-point frame exchanges.
  • the Special User Information field is essentially a User Information field. Its uniqueness lies in the fact that the value of the Association Identifier (AID) 12 field in the Special User Information field is a specific value (e.g., 2007), which is different from the value of the AID 12 field in the User Information field.
  • the Special User Information field also includes a field for indicating parameters related to EHT.
  • the user information field includes at least one of the following fields: a RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 (PS160) field, and a transmission parameter field.
  • the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.
  • the user information field includes at least one of the following fields: AID12 field, RU allocation field, allocation duration field, and PS160 field.
  • the user information field includes at least one of the following fields: AID12 field, RU allocation field, transmission duration field, PS160 field, and transmission parameter field.
  • the first user information field included in the MU-RTS frame includes an Allocation Duration field.
  • the common information field includes at least one of the following fields: an RU allocation field, a primary/secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field.
  • the RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.
  • the transmission parameter field includes at least one of the following fields: a field for indicating MCS, a field for indicating NSS, a field for indicating expected RSSI, a field for indicating whether DRU is used, a field for indicating whether frequency domain replication transmission is used, and a field for indicating whether spatial domain replication transmission is used.
  • the sharing of the TXOP, at least one subchannel, and at least one set of parameters are all indicated via the same first frame.
  • TXOP sharing, at least one subchannel, and at least one set of parameters are indicated separately. That is, TXOP sharing, at least one subchannel, and at least one set of parameters are indicated via at least two first frames.
  • a first station indicates at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in first frame A, and indicates TXOP sharing in first frame B.
  • first frame A includes a data frame and/or a QoS null frame
  • first frame B includes a TXOP sharing request frame.
  • the second station sends a TXOP sharing response frame to the first station to indicate whether the second station accepts the TXOP sharing of the first station.
  • the first frame is used for a Reverse Direction Grant (RDG). That is, the first frame supports a reverse shared TXOP, where the first station can request or suggest to the second station, in the reverse direction grant, to use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in the TXOP.
  • RDG Reverse Direction Grant
  • the first frame includes at least one of the following: a first data frame, a first management frame, a Qos null frame appended to the first data frame, and a first management frame appended to the first data frame.
  • the first data frame includes an A-Control (Aggregation Control) field.
  • A-Control Aggregation Control
  • the Qos Null frame appended to the first data frame includes an A-Control field.
  • the aggregation control field includes a control information field, which includes at least one of the following fields: an RU allocation field, a primary/secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field.
  • the RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.
  • the first management frame includes a subchannel information element (Subchannel Info Element), which is used to indicate at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set.
  • Subchannel Info Element a subchannel information element
  • the subchannel information element includes at least one of the following fields: an element identification field, a length field, an element identification extension field, a subchannel number field, and a subchannel field.
  • the subchannel field is used to indicate a subchannel in at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.
  • the subchannel field includes at least one of the following fields: an RU allocation field, a primary/secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field.
  • the RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel
  • the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.
  • the subchannel information element includes a plurality of subchannel fields.
  • the plurality of subchannel fields are named Subchannel 1 to Subchannel N, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the RDG, at least one subchannel, and at least one set of parameters are all indicated by the same first frame.
  • the RDG and at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters are separately indicated.
  • the first frame indicates reverse TXOP sharing, at least one subchannel, and at least one parameter set.
  • the first station indicates at least one subchannel and at least one parameter set in first frame A, and indicates reverse TXOP sharing (i.e., RDG) in first frame B.
  • first frame A includes a data frame
  • first frame B includes a first management frame and/or a QoS null frame.
  • first frame A includes a first management frame and/or a QoS null frame
  • first frame B includes a data frame.
  • Reverse Transmission Authorization is actually a mechanism for the RD initiator to share TXOP with the RD responder.
  • the RD Exchange Sequence is shown in Figure 12:
  • the TXOP holder (Holder) or Service Period Source (SPS) sends an RDG PPDU (i.e., a PPDU containing an RD Grant).
  • An RDG PPDU is represented by a PPDU containing one or more +HTC (+High Throughput Control) MPDUs (Medium Access Control Protocol Data Units).
  • the RDG/More PPDU field is equal to 1.
  • the STA that sends this PPDU is called the RD initiator.
  • the rules for the RD initiator apply only to a single RD exchange sequence, from the time the RD initiator sends the RDG PPDU to the end of the last PPDU in the entire RD exchange sequence.
  • the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in subsequent transmissions, wherein the subsequent transmissions are transmissions by the second station after receiving the first frame.
  • different subchannels in the at least one subchannel correspond to different parameters in the transmission parameter set. That is, the first frame indicates different sets of values in the transmission parameter set for different subchannels.
  • the aggregation control field includes a control information field, which includes at least one of the following fields: an RU allocation field, a primary/secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field.
  • the RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.
  • the first management frame includes a subchannel information element, where the subchannel information element is used to indicate at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set.
  • the subchannel information element includes at least one of the following fields: an element identification field, a length field, an element identification extension field, a subchannel number field, and a subchannel field.
  • the subchannel field is used to indicate a subchannel in at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.
  • the subchannel field includes at least one of the following fields: an RU allocation field, a primary/secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field.
  • the RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel
  • the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.
  • the subchannel information element includes a plurality of subchannel fields.
  • the plurality of subchannel fields are named Subchannel 1 to Subchannel N, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the aforementioned TXOP sharing request frame and/or the first frame for RDG can also be used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in subsequent transmissions.
  • this application mainly introduces two types: HLA (HE Link Adaptation, High Efficiency Link Adaptation) control technology and ELA (EHT Link Adaptation, Extremely High Throughput Link Adaptation) control technology.
  • HLA HE Link Adaptation, High Efficiency Link Adaptation
  • ELA EHT Link Adaptation, Extremely High Throughput Link Adaptation
  • HE or EHT stations can send transmission parameters for subsequent uplink or downlink transmission, point-to-point transmission, or M-AP transmission based on solicited or unsolicited requests.
  • the format of the control information subfield in the HLA control field is shown in Figure 13 and includes at least one of the following subfields: Unsolicited MCS Feedback (MFB), MCS Request (MRQ), NSS, HE-MCS, Dual Carrier Modulation (DCM), RU Allocation, BW, MSI/Partial PPDU Parameters (MRQ Sequence Identifier/Partial PPDU Parameters), Tx Beamforming, UL HE TB PPDU MFB, and Reserved.
  • the RU Allocation subfield indicates the RU that recommends the HE-MCS/RU specified by the MFB requester for feedback.
  • the RU Allocation subfield indicates the RU for which the recommended HE-MCS applies to the PPDU sent to the STA, as defined in 26.13 (Link adaptation using the HLA Control subfield).
  • the RU subfield indicates the RU requested by the MFB requester to get feedback.
  • the RU index encoding is as defined in Table 9-53 (B7-B1 of the RU Allocation subfield (1lax)).
  • the RU Allocation subfield indicates the RU for which the recommended HE-MCS applies to the HE TB PPDU sent from the STA, as defined in 26.13 (ink adaptation using the HLA Control subfield), and that the actual allocation of the RU can be ignored by the recipient.
  • the PPDU Formats,Coding Type,and Tx Beamforming subfields are set according to the RXVECTOR parameters of the received PPDU from which the HE-MCS,RU,BW,and NSS are estimated,as follows:
  • the PPDU format subfield is set and encoded as follows:
  • the Coding Type subfield is set to 0if the parameter FEC_CODING is equal to BCC_CODING and set to 1 if that parameter is equal to LDPC_CODING.
  • the Tx Beamforming subfield is set to 1if the parameter BEAMFORMED is equal to 1and set to 0if that parameter is equal to 0.
  • the BW subfield shall indicate a bandwidth less than or equal to the bandwidth indicated by the parameter CH_BANDWIDTH.
  • the RU subfield indicates the RU at which the recommended HE-MCS is applied.
  • the recommended RU shall be within an RU or a bandwidth in which the received HE PPDU is located.
  • a non-AP HE STA may set the UL HE TB PPDU MFB to 1in the HLA Control field it transmits to the AP to indicate t hat the NSS,HE-MCS,DCM,BW,and RU Allocation in the HLA Control field represent the recommended MFB for the HE T B PPDU sent from the non-AP HE STA.
  • the AP should not exceed the recommended RU size indicated in the most recently received RU Allocation field of the HLA Control field when it sends a triggering frame addressed to the STA.
  • the format of the control information subfield in the ELA control field is shown in FIG14 , and includes at least one of the following subfields: Unsolicited MFB, MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB, NSS, EHT-MCS, RU Allocation, PS160, BW, MSI/Partial PPDU Parameters, Tx Beamforming, and HLA/ELA.
  • the MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB subfield includes the ELA Feedback Request Indicator/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB Indicator. Indication).
  • the MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB subfield is set to 1 with the Unsolicited MFB subfield set to 0 to indicate a request for an ELA feedback.
  • the MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB subfield is set to 0 with the Unsolicited MFB subfield set to 0 to indicate a response to an ELA request.
  • the value 1 in the MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB subfield indicates that the NSS, EHT-MCS, BW, PS160, and RU Allocation subfields represent the suggested MFB sent by the STA issuing this suggestion for the subsequent EHT TB PPDU, as defined in 35.19.
  • the English translation is: If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is equal to l,a value of l inthis subfield indicates that the NSS.EHT-MCS,BW PS160.and RU Allocation subfields represent the r ecomended MFB for subsequent EHT TB PPDU(s)sent by the STA that is issu-ing this recommendation as defined in 35.19(EHT link adapter using ELA Control subfield).
  • Unsolicited MFB subfield is 1and MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB is equal to 0,then the NSS, EHT-MCS, PS160, RUAllocation, and BW subfields represent the recommended values for subsequent EHT MU PPDU(s) sent to the STA that isissuing this recommendation.
  • the Coding Type subfield is set to 0if the parameter FEC_CODING is equal to BCC_CODING and set to1if that parameter is equal to LDPC_CODING.
  • the Tx Beamforming subfield is set to 1if the parameter BEAMFORMED is equal to 1and set to 0if that parameter is equal to 0.
  • the BW subfield shall indicate a bandwidth less than or equal to the bandwidth indicated by the parameter CH_BANDWIDTH.
  • the RU or MRU subfield and the PS160 subfield jointly indicate the RU or MRU at which the recommended EHT-MCS is applied.
  • the recommended RU or MRU shall be within an RU or MRU or abandwidth in which the received EHT-PPDU is located.
  • a non-AP EHT STA may set the Unsolicited MFB subfield to 1and the MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB to 1in the ELA Control field it transmits to th e AP to indicate that the NSS,EHT-MCS,bandwidth,and RU allocation in the ELA Control field represent the recommended MFB for subsequent E HT TB PPDU(s)sent by the STA that is issuing this recommendation.
  • the AP should not exceed the recommended RU or MRU size indicated in th e most recently received RU Allocation and PS160 subfield of the ELA Control field when it sends a triggering frame addressed to the STA.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application supports the first site to request or suggest the subchannel and transmission parameter set used by the second site through the first frame indication, and provides a frame format design and transmission parameter design, providing a specific and feasible method for flexibly adjusting the transmission parameters.
  • the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame can be applicable to this TXOP and to subsequent transmissions, further improving the flexibility of adjusting the transmission parameters.
  • the sending of the first frame is applicable to a variety of different communication scenarios, such as TXOP sharing scenarios, RDG scenarios, HLA control scenarios, ELA control scenarios, etc.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application has good flexibility, applicability and practicality, which helps to improve the success rate and feasibility of adjusting the transmission parameters. Since the transmission parameters indicated by the first frame are its request or suggestion, they are more in line with the expectations and capabilities of the first site itself, and the adjusted transmission parameters are more accurate and reliable, which helps to ensure the communication efficiency within the system.
  • FIG15 is a flow chart showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is performed by the second station.
  • the method includes at least some of the following steps:
  • Step 520 Receive a first frame, where the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requested or suggested for use by a second station in at least one sub-channel.
  • the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the first station; a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the first station; a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the second station; and a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the second station.
  • the subchannel requested or suggested in the first frame can be within or outside the working channel bandwidth of the first station, or within or outside the working channel bandwidth of the second station.
  • the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requested to be used by the second station in at least one sub-channel. It can be understood that the first frame requests the second station to use The second station transmits on at least one subchannel using the transmission parameter set.
  • the transmission performed by the second station based on the first frame can be a DL transmission or an UL transmission, that is, the second station can receive or send based on the first frame. If the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that the second station is requested to use on at least one subchannel, and the second station accepts the sharing of the first frame, it must use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated in the first frame for transmission.
  • the first frame includes a transmission parameter set recommended for use by the second station on at least one subchannel. It can be understood that the first frame recommends that the second station use the transmission parameter set for transmission on at least one subchannel.
  • the transmission performed by the second station based on the first frame can be a DL transmission or a UL transmission, that is, the second station can receive or send based on the first frame. If the first frame includes a transmission parameter set recommended for use by the second station on at least one subchannel, and the second station accepts the sharing of the first frame, the second station may use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission, or may not use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission. For the second station, the subchannel and transmission parameter set recommended by the first frame are not mandatory.
  • the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that the second station is expected to use on at least one sub-channel.
  • the second station is not required to use the sub-channel and transmission parameter set recommended by the first frame. If the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that the second station is recommended to use on at least one sub-channel, and the second station accepts the sharing of the first frame, the second station may use the sub-channel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission, or may not use the sub-channel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission.
  • the first station in the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device, a network device, an AP 110, or a non-AP STA 120 as shown in FIG1 .
  • the second station in the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device, a network device, an AP 110, or a non-AP STA 120 as shown in FIG1 .
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is that the first site sends a request or suggests a subchannel and a transmission parameter set for use by the second site, rather than waiting for the second site's scheduling to adjust the parameters. Therefore, for the first site, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is more flexible.
  • the first site can autonomously send a first frame in a timely manner to request or suggest that the second site adjust the parameters, and the second site can adjust the transmission parameters more promptly. Since the transmission parameters indicated by the first frame are its request or suggestion, it is more in line with the expectations and capabilities of the first site itself, and the adjusted parameters are more accurate and reliable, which helps to ensure the communication efficiency within the system.
  • step 520 may also be implemented as step 620 , see FIG. 16 .
  • FIG16 is a flow chart showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is performed by the second station.
  • the method includes at least some of the following steps:
  • Step 620 Receive a first frame, where the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in a TXOP and/or subsequent transmissions.
  • step 420 For details about the sub-channel, transmission parameter set, site type, "request” and “suggestion”, “TXOP” and “subsequent transmission”, please refer to step 420, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application supports the first site to request or suggest the subchannel and transmission parameter set used by the second site through the first frame indication, and provides a frame format design and transmission parameter design, providing a specific and feasible method for timely and flexible adjustment of transmission parameters.
  • the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame can be applicable to this TXOP and to subsequent transmissions, further improving the flexibility of adjusting the transmission parameters.
  • the sending of the first frame is applicable to a variety of different communication scenarios, such as TXOP sharing scenarios, RDG scenarios, HLA control scenarios, ELA control scenarios, etc.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application has good flexibility, applicability and practicality, which helps to improve the success rate and feasibility of adjusting the transmission parameters. Since the transmission parameters indicated by the first frame are requested or suggested by it, they are more in line with the expectations and capabilities of the first site itself, and the adjusted transmission parameters are more accurate and reliable, which helps to ensure the communication efficiency within the system.
  • FIG17 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the case where the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request frame, the first station includes STA1, and the second station includes AP as an example.
  • STA1 Since STA1 is subject to strong interference on the primary 40 MHz subchannel (denoted as P40), STA1 requests or suggests to the AP in the TXOP sharing request frame to use the secondary 40 MHz subchannel (denoted as S40) and a set of corresponding transmission parameter set values for downlink transmission in this TXOP.
  • the TXOP sharing request frame includes at least one of the following: an RTS frame, an MU-RTS frame, a QoS Null frame, and a first control frame.
  • the transmission parameter set includes: a bandwidth of 40 MHz, a modulation and coding order of MCS3, an NSS of 1, an expected RSSI of -60 dBm (decibel milliwatts), using a DRU, and using frequency domain replication transmission.
  • the AP may also send a TXOP sharing response frame back to STA1 to indicate whether the AP accepts STA1's TXOP sharing.
  • the AP After the AP accepts the TXOP shared by STA1, it performs downlink transmission with STA1 only on the indicated S40 subchannel using the indicated transmission parameter value. Under the AP's scheduling, STA1 can also reply with an ACK frame to the AP.
  • the TXOP, subchannel, and transmission parameter set can be indicated separately.
  • STA1 indicates the subchannel and transmission parameter set values in a preceding uplink data frame and/or a preceding QoS Null frame, and only indicates the shared TXOP in a TXOP sharing request frame.
  • this approach may incur a high load because the A-Control field in each data frame or QoS Null frame is limited in length and can only carry one set of parameter values.
  • multiple data frames or QoS Null frames must be appended, which can lead to high transmission resource consumption.
  • FIG18 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, wherein the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request.
  • the first station includes STA1 and the second station includes AP.
  • the AP can use the S40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA1 and the P40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA2. Based on the AP's scheduling, STA1 and STA2 reply to the AP with ACK frames on the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel, respectively.
  • FIG19 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the case where the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request frame, the first station includes STA1, and the second station includes AP as an example.
  • STA1 indicates both the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel, as well as the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel respectively.
  • the transmission parameters corresponding to the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel may be the same or different. Taking the different values in the transmission parameter set corresponding to different subchannels as an example, STA1 can simultaneously indicate multiple subchannels and the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the multiple subchannels. Then, the AP can use the values of all subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1, or only use the values of some subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1. For example, the AP only uses the values of the S40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set, or only uses the values of the P40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set.
  • FIG20 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame for RDG, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.
  • STA1 Because STA1 experiences strong interference on the P40 subchannel, it uses the first frame to indicate the RDG and reverse transmission duration, and requests or suggests that the AP use the S40 subchannel and the corresponding transmission parameter set for downlink transmission. This indicates that STA1 shares the TXOP with the AP in the reverse direction.
  • the first frame includes at least one of the following: a data frame, one or more QoS null frames appended after the data frame, and a first management frame appended after the data frame.
  • FIG20 takes the example of the first frame including an uplink data frame.
  • a set of values of the transmission parameter set includes, for example: BW is 40 MHz, modulation and coding order is MCS2, NSS is 1, expected RSSI is -60 dBm, DRU is used, and frequency domain replication is used for transmission.
  • the AP uses the indicated transmission parameter value in the S40 subchannel indicated in the first frame to perform downlink transmission with STA1. Under the scheduling of the AP, STA1 can also reply an ACK frame to the AP.
  • the RDG and subchannel/transmission parameter set can be indicated separately.
  • STA1 indicates the RDG in a preceding uplink data frame and indicates the subchannel and transmission parameter set values in a QoS Null frame or the first management frame appended to the uplink data frame.
  • STA1 indicates the subchannel and transmission parameter set values in a preceding uplink data frame and indicates the RDG in a QoS Null frame or the first management frame appended to the uplink data frame.
  • FIG21 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame used for RDG, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.
  • the AP shown in Figure 21 can use the S40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA1 and the P40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA2. Based on the AP's scheduling, STA1 and STA2 reply with ACK frames to the AP on the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel, respectively.
  • FIG22 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame used for RDG, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.
  • STA1 shown in FIG. 22 indicates both the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel, as well as the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel respectively.
  • the transmission parameters corresponding to the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel may be the same or different. Taking the different values in the transmission parameter set corresponding to different subchannels as an example, STA1 can simultaneously indicate multiple subchannels and the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the multiple subchannels. Then, the AP can use the values of all subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1, or only use the values of some subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1. For example, the AP only uses the values of the S40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set, or only uses the values of the P40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set.
  • FIG23 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame used for link adaptation, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.
  • STA1 Since STA1 is subject to strong interference on the P40 subchannel, STA1, based on the link adaptation technology, requests or suggests to the AP through the first frame to use the S40 subchannel and a set of values of the corresponding transmission parameter set for downlink transmission in subsequent transmissions.
  • the first frame includes at least one of the following: a data frame, one or more QoS null frames appended after the data frame, a first management frame appended after the data frame, or a first management frame sent separately.
  • FIG23 takes the example of the first frame including an uplink data frame.
  • a set of values of the transmission parameter set includes, for example: BW is 40 MHz, modulation and coding order is MCS4, NSS is 1, expected RSSI is -60 dBm, DRU is used, and frequency domain replication is used for transmission.
  • the AP uses the indicated transmission parameter value in the S40 subchannel indicated in the first frame to perform downlink transmission with STA1. Under the scheduling of the AP, STA1 can also reply an ACK frame to the AP.
  • FIG24 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame used for link adaptation, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.
  • the AP shown in Figure 24 can use the S40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA1 and the P40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA2. Based on the AP's scheduling, STA1 and STA2 reply with ACK frames to the AP on the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel, respectively.
  • FIG25 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame used for link adaptation, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.
  • STA1 shown in FIG. 25 indicates both the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel, as well as the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel respectively.
  • the transmission parameters corresponding to the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel may be the same or different. Taking the different values in the transmission parameter set corresponding to different subchannels as an example, STA1 can simultaneously indicate multiple subchannels and the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the multiple subchannels. Then, the AP can use the values of all subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1, or only use the values of some subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1. For example, the AP only uses the values of the S40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set, or only uses the values of the P40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set.
  • the embodiments shown in Figures 17 to 25 all take the example of the first station including STA1 and the second station including AP.
  • the first station can be an AP or a non-AP STA
  • the second station can also be an AP or a non-AP STA, and are not limited to the uplink and downlink communication scenarios shown in Figures 17 to 25.
  • uplink transmission refers to transmission from a non-AP STA to an AP, with the non-AP STA being the sender and the AP being the receiver.
  • Downlink transmission refers to transmission from an AP to a non-AP STA, with the AP being the sender and the non-AP STA being the receiver.
  • Transmission from one non-AP STA to another non-AP STA is referred to as point-to-point transmission. Transmission from one AP to another is referred to as M-AP transmission.
  • the present application also exemplarily provides several more specific frame format designs of the first frame.
  • FIG26 shows a schematic diagram of the frame format of the first frame provided by an embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame including the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame as an example.
  • the number below each field indicates the number of bytes or bits it may occupy.
  • the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes at least one of the following fields: a Frame Control field, a Duration field, a Receiver Address (RA) field, a Transmitter Address (TA) field, a Public Information field, a User Info List (User Info List) field, a Padding field, and an FCS (Frame Check Sequence) field.
  • the User Info List field includes a Special User Info field and one or more User Info fields.
  • the common information field can be an EHT variant common information (EHT Variant Common Info) field or a UHR variant common information (UHR Variant Common Info) field.
  • EHT Variant Common Info EHT Variant Common Info
  • UHR Variant Common Info UHR Variant Common Info
  • the public information field includes at least one of the following subfields: trigger frame subtype (Trigger Type), uplink length (UL Length), whether there are more trigger frames (More TF), whether channel detection is required (CS Required), UL BW, GI and HE-LTF type/Triggered TXOP Sharing Mode (GI And HE-LTF Type/Triggered TXOP Sharing Mode), reserved, number of HE-LTF or EHT-LTF symbols (Number Of HE /EHT-LTF Symbols), LDPC Extra Symbol Segment, AP Tx Power, Pre-FEC Padding Factor, PE Disambiguity, UL Spatial Reuse, HE or EHT P160, Special User Info Field Flag, EHT reserved.
  • Trigger Type Trigger Type
  • UL Length uplink length
  • Moore TF whether there are more trigger frames
  • CS Required channel detection is required
  • UL BW UL BW
  • GI and HE-LTF type/triggered transmission opportunity sharing mode fields are different, and the meanings are also different. For example:
  • the value of the GI and HE-LTF Type/Triggered Transmission Opportunity Sharing Mode field is a first value (such as 0 or other values), it indicates that the TXOP sharing procedure (MU-RTS that does not initiate TXS procedure) is not initiated.
  • the value is a second value (such as 1 or other values)
  • it indicates that the TXOP sharing procedure is initiated and the scheduled STA can only transmit MPDU(s) addressed to its associated AP (MU-RTS that initiates TXS procedure where a scheduled STA can only transmit MPDU(s) addressed to its associated AP).
  • the third value (e.g., 2 or other values) indicates that a MU-RTS that initiates a TXS procedure where a scheduled STA can transmit MPDU(s) addressed to its associated AP or addressed to another STA initiates a TXOP sharing procedure.
  • the fourth value (e.g., 3 or other values) is reserved.
  • the value of the GI and HE-LTF type/triggered transmission opportunity sharing mode field is the first value (such as 0 or other values), it indicates that the TXOP sharing process is not initiated.
  • the value is the second value (such as 1 or other values)
  • it indicates that the TXOP sharing process is initiated and the scheduled peer station (AP or non-AP STA) can only send to the station that transmitted the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame.
  • the value is the third value (such as 2 or other values)
  • the fourth value (such as 3 or other values) is a reserved value.
  • the first value, second value, third value, and fourth value are different and are not limited to 0, 1, 2, or 3, but can also be any other value.
  • the first value can also be 1, 2, or 3, the second value can also be 0, 2, or 3, the third value can also be 0, 1, or 3, and the fourth value can also be 0, 1, or 2.
  • the HE or EHT Primary 160 (HE/EHT P160) field in the EHT Variant Common Information field has different values and has different meanings. For example:
  • the HE/EHT P160 field When the HE/EHT P160 field has the second value (e.g., 1 or other values), it indicates that the requested uplink PPDU on the primary 160 MHz channel is an EHT TB PPDU. When the HE/EHT P160 field has the first value (e.g., 0 or other values), it indicates that the requested uplink PPDU on the primary 160 MHz channel is an HE TB PPDU.
  • the HE/EHT P160 field is a reserved field.
  • the meaning of the UL BW field in the EHT variant common information field and the UL Bandwidth Extension field in the special user information field may also be different. For example:
  • the UL BW field and the uplink bandwidth extension field are used to jointly indicate that the value of the bandwidth field in the U-SIG field of the requested EHT TB PPDU is equal to the bandwidth that the EHT TB PPDU will occupy.
  • the UL BW field and the uplink bandwidth extension field are used to jointly indicate the bandwidth to be used by the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) for future transmissions in a shared TXOP.
  • the UL BW field and the uplink bandwidth extension field are reserved fields because the RU allocation field and the Primary Secondary 160 (PS160) field also contain bandwidth information (see below).
  • one or more of the following fields in the EHT Variant Common Information field can be set as reserved fields. If all of these fields are set as reserved fields, a total of 41 reserved bits are used. Including the existing reserved fields and the EHT Reserved field, a maximum of 52 reserved bits can be set in the EHT Variant Common Information field.
  • Figure 27 shows a format diagram of the user information list field in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame shown in Figure 26.
  • the special user information field includes at least one of the following subfields: AID12, physical layer version flag (PHY Version Identifier), uplink bandwidth extension, EHT spatial reuse 1 (EHT Spatial Reuse 1), EHT spatial reuse 2 (EHT Spatial Reuse 2), U-SIG ignore and verify (U-SIG Disregard And Validate), and reserved.
  • the user information field may be of the following two types:
  • the first user information field includes at least one of the following subfields: AID12, RU allocation, allocation duration, and PS160.
  • the AID12 field indicates the association identifier value of the peer station, where a value of 0 indicates the association identifier value of the access point.
  • the allocation duration field indicates the duration of the TXOP shared with the peer station, in units of 16 microseconds.
  • the RU allocation field and the PS160 field are used to jointly indicate which subchannel (not limited to the subchannel containing the primary 20 MHz channel, but also a secondary 20 MHz channel, a secondary 40 MHz channel, a secondary 80 MHz channel, a secondary 160 MHz channel, or a subchannel consisting of multiple secondary 20 MHz channels consecutive in frequency, etc.) the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) responds to the CTS frame on.
  • subchannel not limited to the subchannel containing the primary 20 MHz channel, but also a secondary 20 MHz channel, a secondary 40 MHz channel, a secondary 80 MHz channel, a secondary 160 MHz channel, or a subchannel consisting of multiple secondary 20 MHz channels consecutive in frequency, etc.
  • the second user information field includes at least one of the following subfields: AID12, RU Allocation, Transmission Duration, MCS, NSS, Target RSSI, DRU (indicating whether DRU is used), Frequency Domain Replication (indicating whether frequency domain replication is used), Spatial Domain Replication (indicating whether spatial domain replication is used), and PS160.
  • the AID12 field indicates the peer station's association identifier value or is set to a special value (e.g., 2008) to indicate that the user information field contains subchannel transmission parameter information.
  • the RU Allocation field and PS160 field indicate the subchannel (e.g., primary 20 MHz channel, primary 40 MHz channel, primary 80 MHz channel, primary 160 MHz channel, primary 320 MHz channel, secondary 20 MHz channel, secondary 40 MHz channel, secondary 80 MHz channel, secondary 160 MHz channel, or a subchannel consisting of multiple consecutive secondary 20 MHz channels in frequency) that the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) will use for future transmissions in a shared TXOP.
  • the transmission duration field may be a reserved field, or when the transmission duration available on the corresponding sub-channel is less than the shared transmission duration, the field indicates the transmission duration available on the corresponding sub-channel, in units of 16 microseconds.
  • the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame may include either of the two user information fields, and the number of the user information fields may be one or more.
  • the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame may also include both of the two user information fields, and the number of each user information field may be one or more.
  • the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes only one or more first type user information fields.
  • the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes only one or more second user information fields.
  • the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes a first user information field and one or more second user information fields.
  • the first user information field included in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame is the first type of user information field, and the remaining user information fields are all the second type of user information fields.
  • the last user information field included in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame is the first type of user information field, and the remaining user information fields are all the second type of user information fields.
  • the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes one or more first-type user information fields and one second-type user information field.
  • the first user information field included in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame is the second-type user information field, and the remaining user information fields are all first-type user information fields.
  • the last user information field included in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame is the second-type user information field, and the remaining user information fields are all first-type user information fields.
  • the remaining bits indicate the transmission parameters to be used by the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) for future transmissions in the shared TXOP. These parameters include at least one of the following: the MCS field, the NSS field, the Target RSSI field, the DRU field, the Frequency Dup field, and the Spatial Dup field.
  • the MCS field indicates the modulation and coding order index value.
  • the NSS field indicates the number of spatial streams. For example, a first value (e.g., 0 or other numerical values) for the NSS field indicates one spatial stream, a second value (e.g., 1 or other numerical values) indicates two spatial streams, a third value (e.g., 2 or other numerical values) indicates three spatial streams, and a fourth value (e.g., 3 or other numerical values) indicates four spatial streams.
  • a first value e.g., 0 or other numerical values
  • a second value e.g., 1 or other numerical values
  • a third value e.g., 2 or other numerical values
  • a fourth value e.g., 3 or other numerical values
  • the NSS field can also indicate other numbers of spatial streams; this is provided for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to be limiting.
  • the Target RSSI field indicates the expected RSSI. For example, a first value (e.g., 0 or other numerical values) of the Target RSSI field indicates -60 dBm, a second value (e.g., 1 or other numerical values) of the Target RSSI field indicates -55 dBm, a third value (e.g., 2 or other numerical values) of the Target RSSI field indicates -50 dBm, and a fourth value (e.g., 3 or other numerical values) of the Target RSSI field indicates greater than or equal to -45 dBm.
  • the value of the Target RSSI field can also indicate other RSSI values, which are provided here as examples and not as a limitation.
  • the DRU field indicates whether the DRU is used for transmission. For example, when the DRU field takes a first value (e.g., 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that the DRU is not used for transmission, and when the DRU field takes a second value (e.g., 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that the DRU is used for transmission. Alternatively, when the DRU field takes a first value (e.g., 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that the DRU is used for transmission, and when the DRU field takes a second value (e.g., 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that the DRU is not used for transmission.
  • a first value e.g., 0 or other numerical values
  • a second value e.g., 1 or other numerical values
  • the frequency domain replication field indicates whether frequency domain replication is used for transmission. Exemplarily, when the value of the frequency domain replication field is a first value (such as 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that frequency domain replication is not used for transmission, and when the value is a second value (such as 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that frequency domain replication is used for transmission. Alternatively, when the value of the frequency domain replication field is a first value (such as 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that frequency domain replication is used for transmission, and when the value is a second value (such as 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that frequency domain replication is not used for transmission. In the case of using frequency domain replication transmission, for example, 2 106-tone (subcarrier) RUs are used for replication transmission within 20MHz. For another example, 2 20MHz subchannels are replicated for transmission within 40MHz.
  • the Spatial Copy field indicates whether Spatial Copy is used for transmission. Exemplarily, when the value of the Spatial Copy field is a first value (such as 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that Spatial Copy is not used for transmission, and when the value is a second value (such as 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that Spatial Copy is used for transmission. Alternatively, when the value of the Spatial Copy field is a first value (such as 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that Spatial Copy is used for transmission, and when the value is a second value (such as 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that Spatial Copy is not used for transmission.
  • each user information field carries a sub-channel and a set of values of the corresponding transmission parameter set.
  • one user information field in the first frame includes an allocation duration field, and the allocation duration field in the remaining user information fields can be set as a reserved field.
  • the first user information field in the first frame includes an allocation duration field, and the allocation duration field in subsequent user information fields can be set as a reserved field; or, the last user information field in the first frame includes an allocation duration field, and the allocation duration field in the remaining user information fields can be set as a reserved field.
  • FIG28 shows a schematic diagram of the frame format of the first frame provided by an embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame including the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame as an example.
  • the number below each field indicates the number of bytes or bits it may occupy.
  • the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes at least one of the following fields: a Frame Control field, a Duration field, a Receiver Address (RA) field, a Transmitter Address (TA) field, a Public Information field, a User Info List (User Info List) field, a Padding field, and an FCS (Frame Check Sequence) field.
  • the User Info List field includes a Special User Info field and one or more User Info fields.
  • the common information field can be an EHT variant common information (EHT Variant Common Info) field or a UHR variant common information (UHR Variant Common Info) field.
  • EHT Variant Common Info EHT Variant Common Info
  • UHR Variant Common Info UHR Variant Common Info
  • the public information field is an EHT variant public information field.
  • the public information field includes at least one of the following subfields: trigger frame subtype (Trigger Type), RU allocation, MCS, whether there are more trigger frames (More TF), whether channel detection is required (CS Required), UL BW, GI and HE-LTF type/Triggered transmission opportunity sharing mode (GI And HE-LTF Type/Triggered TXOP Sharing Mode), NSS, Target RSSI, DRU (indicating whether DRU is used), frequency domain replication (indicating whether frequency domain replication is used), spatial domain replication (indicating whether spatial domain replication is used), PS160, HE/EHT P160, special user information field identifier, EHT reserved, reserved.
  • Trigger Type Trigger Type
  • RU allocation whether there are more trigger frames
  • CS Required whether channel detection is required
  • UL BW UL BW
  • GI and HE-LTF type/Triggered transmission opportunity sharing mode GI And HE-LTF Type/Triggered TXOP Sharing Mode
  • the number of fields such as RU allocation, MCS, NSS, Target RSSI, DRU, frequency domain replication, spatial domain replication, PS160, etc. can be one or more, respectively. Multiple, depending on the number of subchannels indicated in the first frame and the number of parameter groups in the transmission parameter set.
  • the NSS field and the Target RSSI field may have more bits.
  • a first value e.g., 0 or other numerical values
  • a second value e.g., 1 or other numerical values
  • a third value e.g., 2 or other numerical values
  • an eighth value e.g., 7 or other numerical values
  • the NSS field may also use other values to indicate other numbers of spatial streams, as provided herein for example and not limitation.
  • Target RSSI field For example, a value of 0 to 14 for the Target RSSI field indicates -60 dBm to -46 dBm, respectively, and a value of 15 for the Target RSSI field indicates greater than -46 dBm.
  • the Target RSSI field may also use other values to indicate other RSSI values, as provided herein for example and not limitation.
  • Figure 29 shows a format diagram of the user information list field in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame shown in Figure 28.
  • the special user information field includes at least one of the following subfields: AID12, physical layer version flag (PHY Version Identifier), uplink bandwidth extension, EHT spatial reuse 1 (EHT Spatial Reuse 1), EHT spatial reuse 2 (EHT Spatial Reuse 2), U-SIG ignore and verify (U-SIG Disregard And Validate), and reserved.
  • the user information field includes at least one of the following subfields: AID12, RU allocation, allocation duration (Allocation Duration), reservation, and PS160.
  • the AID12 field indicates the association identifier value of the peer station, where a value of 0 is the association identifier value of the access point.
  • the allocated duration field indicates the duration of the TXOP shared with the peer station, in units of 16 microseconds.
  • the common information field shown in Figure 28 indicates the sub-channel and transmission parameter set to be used by the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) for future transmission in the shared TXOP
  • the RU allocation and PS160 shown in Figure 29 are used to jointly indicate which sub-channel the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) should respond to the CTS frame on, such as the main 20 MHz channel, the main 40 MHz channel, the main 80 MHz channel, the main 160 MHz channel, the 80+80 MHz channel, or the main 320 MHz channel.
  • Figures 26 and 28 show two possible frame formats of MU-RTS TXS trigger frames. The difference between the two is that Figure 26 sets the transmission parameter field mentioned above in the user information field within the user information list field, while Figure 28 sets the transmission parameter field mentioned above in the common information field.
  • Figure 30 shows a schematic diagram of the frame format of the first frame provided by an embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame including the A-Control field as an example.
  • the numbers under each field indicate the number of bytes or bits that it may occupy.
  • the first frame may be the first data frame including the A-Control field, or the first management frame including the A-Control field, or the Qos empty frame including the A-Control field and attached to the first data frame, or the first management frame including the A-Control field and attached to the first data frame.
  • the A-Control field includes a control list (Control List) field and, optionally, a padding field.
  • control list field includes a control identifier (Control ID) field and/or a control information (Control Information) field.
  • the value of the control identifier field can be any value, for example, any value between 10 and 15.
  • FIG30 takes the value of the control identifier field being 10 as an example.
  • control information field includes at least one of the following fields: RU allocation, MCS, NSS, Target RSSI, DRU (indicating whether DRU is used), frequency domain replication (indicating whether frequency domain replication is used), spatial domain replication (indicating whether spatial domain replication is used), PS160, and reserved.
  • Figure 30 uses the first frame as an example, where the A-Control field is included in the High Throughput Control (HT Control) field.
  • the High Throughput Control field may also include a VHT (Very High Throughput) field and/or a HE field.
  • VHT Very High Throughput
  • the first frame may also include at least one of the following fields: frame control, duration, address 1, address 2, address 3, sequence control (Sequence Control), address 4, QoS control, frame body (Fame Body) (can be used to carry data), and FCS.
  • the first station When the first station needs to indicate multiple subchannels and multiple sets of values for the corresponding transmission parameter sets, this can be achieved by sending multiple first frames. For example, multiple QoS Null frames are appended to the data frame, each of which carries a control information field indicating a subchannel and a set of values for the corresponding transmission parameter set.
  • Figure 31 shows a schematic diagram of the frame format of the first frame provided by an embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame including the first management frame as an example.
  • the numbers under each field indicate the number of bytes or bits that it may occupy.
  • the first management frame includes at least one of the following fields: frame control, duration, address 1, address 2, address 3, sequence control (Sequence Control), high throughput control, action field (Action Field), and FCS.
  • the action domain includes at least one of the following fields: action category (Category), UHR public action (UHR Public Action, used to indicate the UHR public action subclass), session token (Dialog Token), and subchannel information element (Subchannel Info Element).
  • action category Category
  • UHR public action UHR Public Action, used to indicate the UHR public action subclass
  • session token Dialog Token
  • subchannel information element Subchannel Info Element
  • the subchannel information element is used to indicate a set or value of subchannels and corresponding transmission parameter sets to be used by the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) for future transmissions.
  • the subchannel information element includes at least one of the following fields: element ID, length, element ID extension, number of subchannels, and subchannel.
  • the subchannel information element includes one or more subchannel fields.
  • the number of subchannels field indicates the number of subchannels requested or suggested for use in the first frame.
  • different subchannel fields are used to indicate different subchannels and a set of values in their corresponding transmission parameter sets. If the subchannel information element includes multiple subchannel fields, it means that the first frame indicates multiple subchannels and multiple sets of values in the corresponding transmission parameter sets.
  • the first station When the first station needs to indicate multiple sub-channels and multiple sets of values of corresponding transmission parameter sets, it can be achieved by setting multiple sub-channel fields in the first frame.
  • frame formats, element formats, and field formats shown in the above embodiments are examples and not limitations.
  • This application supports changes to the formats of various frames, elements, and fields based on the format design described above, such as changing the order of fields/elements, changing the number of bytes in a field/element, changing the number of bits in a field/element, changing the name of the field/element/frame, etc. It also supports setting some fields/elements as reserved fields.
  • Figure 32 shows a block diagram of a communication device 3200 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 3200 can be implemented as the first station described above, or as a part of the first station described above.
  • the communication device 3200 can also be a wireless communication device/wireless device that supports WLAN/Wi-Fi protocols (such as the 802.11 protocol).
  • the communication device 3200 includes a transmitting module 3210.
  • the communication device 3200 also includes a receiving module 3230 and/or a processing module 3250.
  • the sending module 3210 is used to send a first frame, which includes a transmission parameter set requesting or suggesting that the second site use at least one subchannel; wherein the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the device; a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the device; a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site.
  • the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in a TXOP and/or subsequent transmissions.
  • the sending module 3210 is configured to report interference information.
  • the sending module 3210 is configured to send an interference information report.
  • the sending module 3210 is configured to send a co-site interference report frame.
  • the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive at least one of the following frames sent by the second station: a data frame, a management frame, a control frame, an acknowledgment frame, and a block acknowledgment frame.
  • the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive a request message sent by the second station.
  • the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive a co-site interference request frame sent by the second station.
  • the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive scheduling information sent by the second station.
  • the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive DS0 scheduling information sent by the second station.
  • the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive M-AP coordinated transmission scheduling information sent by the second station.
  • the sending module 3210 is used to execute the sending steps described above, such as including part or all of the following steps: step 220, step 320, and step 420.
  • the receiving module 3230 is used to perform the receiving steps described above, such as including part or all of the following steps: step 240.
  • the processing module 3250 is configured to perform at least one of the following operations: channel measurement, obtaining interference information, determining whether a transmission parameter needs to be adjusted, and deciding how to adjust the transmission parameter.
  • the processing module 3250 is used to perform operations such as determination, detection, updating, measurement, calculation, modification, etc. related to transmission parameter adjustment.
  • the aforementioned content of the first frame is also applicable to the communication device 3200 shown in FIG32.
  • the communication device 3200 can send the first frame in any format as described in step 420 and FIG26 to FIG31.
  • the device provided by the embodiment of the present application supports requesting or suggesting the subchannel and transmission parameter set used by the second station through the first frame indication, and provides a frame format design and transmission parameter design, providing a specific and feasible method for flexibly adjusting transmission parameters.
  • the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame can be applied to this TXOP and to subsequent transmissions, further improving the transmission parameter
  • the flexibility, applicability, and practicality of transmission parameter adjustment improve the success rate and feasibility of transmission parameter adjustment. Because the transmission parameters indicated in the first frame are requested or suggested by the device, they better align with the device's own expectations and capabilities. The adjusted transmission parameters are more accurate and reliable, helping to ensure communication efficiency within the system.
  • Figure 33 shows a block diagram of a communication device 3300 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 3300 can be implemented as the second site described above, or as part of the second site described above.
  • the communication device 3300 can also be a wireless communication device/wireless device that supports WLAN/Wi-Fi protocols (such as the 802.11 protocol).
  • the communication device 3300 includes a receiving module 3310.
  • the communication device 3300 also includes a sending module 3330 and/or a processing module 3350.
  • the receiving module 3310 is used to receive a first frame, which includes a transmission parameter set requesting or suggesting that the device use at least one subchannel; wherein the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the device; and a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the device.
  • the first frame is used to request or suggest that the apparatus use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set in a TXOP and/or subsequent transmissions.
  • the receiving module 3310 is configured to receive interference information, such as an interference information report, or a co-site interference report frame.
  • the sending module 3330 is configured to send at least one of the following frames: a data frame, a management frame, a control frame, an acknowledgment frame, and a block acknowledgment frame.
  • the sending module 3330 is used to send frames to the first site and/or other sites based on the first frame.
  • the sending module 3330 transmits on at least one subchannel indicated by the first frame using one or more sets of values in the transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame.
  • the sending module 3330 is configured to perform at least one of the following transmissions: uplink transmission, downlink transmission, point-to-point transmission, and M-AP transmission.
  • the sending module 3330 performs transmission on some subchannels of at least one subchannel indicated by the first frame using some transmission parameters from one or more sets of values in the transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame.
  • the sending module 3330 is configured to send request information.
  • the sending module 3330 is configured to send a co-site interference request frame.
  • the sending module 3330 is configured to send scheduling information.
  • the sending module 3330 is configured to send DS0 scheduling information.
  • the sending module 3330 is configured to send M-AP coordinated transmission scheduling information.
  • the receiving module 3310 is used to execute the receiving steps described above, such as including part or all of the following steps: step 220, step 520, and step 620.
  • the sending module 3330 is used to execute the sending steps described above, such as including part or all of the following steps: step 240.
  • the processing module 3350 is used to perform at least one of the following operations: determining whether to accept the TXOP shared by the first frame, determining whether to use at least one subchannel indicated by the first frame, and determining whether to use the transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame.
  • the processing module 3350 is used to perform operations such as determination, detection, updating, measurement, calculation, modification, etc. related to transmission parameter adjustment.
  • the aforementioned content of the first frame also applies to the communication device 3300 shown in FIG33 .
  • the communication device 3300 can receive the first frame in any format as described in step 420 and FIG26 to FIG31 .
  • the device supports requesting or suggesting the sub-channel and transmission parameter set used by the device through the first frame indication, and provides frame format design and transmission parameter design, providing a specific and feasible method for flexibly adjusting transmission parameters.
  • the sub-channel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame can be applicable to this TXOP as well as to subsequent transmissions, further improving the flexibility, applicability and practicality of adjusting the transmission parameters, and helping to improve the success rate and feasibility of adjusting the transmission parameters. Since the transmission parameters indicated by the first frame are requested or suggested by the first site, they are more in line with the expectations and capabilities of the first site itself, and the adjusted transmission parameters are more accurate and reliable, which helps to ensure the efficiency of communication within the system.
  • the apparatus provided in the above embodiments is merely illustrated by the division of the above functional modules when implementing its functions.
  • the above functions can be distributed and completed by different functional modules as needed, that is, the internal structure of the communication device can be divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
  • the apparatus and method embodiments provided in the above embodiments are based on the same concept.
  • FIG34 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 3400 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, including at least one of the following: receiving Receiver 3401, transmitter 3402, processor 3403, memory 3404, bus (not shown in the figure).
  • the communication device 3400 is used to execute part or all of the steps executed by the first site.
  • the communication device 3400 is used to execute part or all of the steps executed by the second site.
  • the communication device 3400 is a wireless device/wireless communication device that supports WLAN/Wi-Fi protocol (such as 802.11 protocol).
  • WLAN/Wi-Fi protocol such as 802.11 protocol
  • Receiver 3401 is used to implement a receiving function.
  • receiver 3401 can be used to implement the functions and steps of receiving module 3230 and/or receiving module 3310 described above.
  • Transmitter 3402 is used to implement a sending function.
  • transmitter 3402 can be used to implement the functions and steps of sending module 3210 and/or sending module 3330 described above.
  • receiver 3401 and transmitter 3402 can be implemented as a communication component, which can be a communication chip and can be referred to as a transceiver.
  • receiver 3401 and transmitter 3402 can be implemented as wireless communication components and/or wired communication components.
  • the wireless communication component includes a wireless communication chip and/or a radio frequency antenna.
  • the wired communication component includes a wired communication chip and/or a wired interface.
  • Processor 3403 includes one or more processing cores. Processor 3403 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules. In some embodiments, processor 3403 can be used to implement the functions and steps of processing module 3250 and/or processing module 3350 described above. Memory 3404 can be used to store computer programs executed by processor 3403. Processor 3403 is used to execute the computer programs to implement the various steps in the above-described method embodiments.
  • the memory 3404 may be connected to the processor 3403 as well as the receiver 3401 and the transmitter 3402 .
  • memory 3404 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof.
  • Volatile or non-volatile storage devices include but are not limited to: magnetic disks or optical disks, EEPROM (Electrically-Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory), EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory), SRAM (Static Random Access Memory), ROM (Read-Only Memory), magnetic storage, flash memory, PROM (Programmable Read-Only Memory).
  • the receiver 3401 receives signals/data independently, or the processor 3403 controls the receiver 3401 to receive signals/data, or the processor 3403 requests the receiver 3401 to receive signals/data, or the processor 3403 cooperates with the receiver 3401 to receive signals/data.
  • the transmitter 3402 independently sends signals/data, or the processor 3403 controls the transmitter 3402 to send signals/data, or the processor 3403 requests the transmitter 3402 to send signals/data, or the processor 3403 cooperates with the transmitter 3402 to send signals/data.
  • a chip is further provided, which includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions.
  • the chip runs on a communication device, it is used to implement the communication methods provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.
  • the chip includes a sending module 3210.
  • the chip further includes a receiving module 3230 and/or a processing module 3250.
  • the relevant contents can be referred to above and will not be repeated here.
  • the chip includes a receiving module 3310.
  • the chip also includes a sending module 3330 and/or a processing module 3350.
  • the relevant contents can be referred to above and will not be repeated here.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is further provided, in which at least one program is stored.
  • the at least one program is loaded and executed by a processor to implement the communication methods provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.
  • a computer program product includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, a processor obtains the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor executes the computer instructions to implement the communication methods provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.
  • a computer program is also provided.
  • the computer program includes computer instructions, and the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • a processor obtains the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor executes the computer instructions to implement the communication methods provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application belongs to the field of wireless communications. Disclosed are communication methods, apparatuses and devices, a medium and a program product. A method is executed by a first station, and the method comprises: sending a first frame, the first frame comprising a requested or suggested transmission parameter set used by a second station in at least one sub-channel. The at least one sub-channel comprising at least one of the following sub-channels: a sub-channel located within an operating channel bandwidth of the first station; a sub-channel located outside the operating channel bandwidth of the first station; a sub-channel located within an operating channel bandwidth of the second station; and a sub-channel located outside the operating channel bandwidth of the second station. The present application can flexibly, timely and accurately adjust transmission parameters.

Description

通信方法、装置、设备、介质和程序产品Communication method, device, equipment, medium and program product 技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及无线通信领域,特别涉及一种通信方法、装置、设备、介质和程序产品。The present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to a communication method, apparatus, device, medium, and program product.

背景技术Background Art

一些场景中,站点会面临起伏变化的信道干扰问题。如果令站点在进行传输时,直接基于信道测量结果来调整传输速率,需要频繁地进行信令指示,产生比较大的信令开销,而且频繁地尝试较高地传输速率很可能产生较多的传输失败。如果令站点在进行传输时,基于统计算法来调整传输速率,很可能由于统计结果的滞后性,产生较多的传输失败。In some scenarios, stations may face fluctuating channel interference. If stations adjust their transmission rates directly based on channel measurement results, frequent signaling instructions will be required, resulting in high signaling overhead. Frequent attempts at higher transmission rates are also likely to result in a high number of transmission failures. If stations adjust their transmission rates based on statistical algorithms, the lag in statistical results may also lead to a high number of transmission failures.

发明内容Summary of the Invention

本申请提供了一种通信方法、装置、设备、介质和程序产品,该技术方案至少包括:This application provides a communication method, apparatus, device, medium, and program product, the technical solution of which at least includes:

根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法由第一站点执行,该方法包括:According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a communication method is provided. The method is performed by a first station, and the method includes:

发送第一帧,所述第一帧包括请求或建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集;Sending a first frame, the first frame including a transmission parameter set requested or suggested to be used by the second station on at least one subchannel;

其中,所述至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于所述第一站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第一站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。The at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site.

根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法由第二站点执行,该方法包括:According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a communication method is provided. The method is performed by a second station, and the method includes:

接收第一帧,所述第一帧包括请求或建议所述第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集;receiving a first frame, the first frame including a set of transmission parameters requested or suggested for use by the second station on at least one subchannel;

其中,所述至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第一站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。The at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site.

根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a communication device is provided, the device including:

发送模块,用于发送第一帧,所述第一帧包括请求或建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集;其中,所述至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。A sending module is used to send a first frame, wherein the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requesting or suggesting that a second site use at least one subchannel; wherein the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the device; a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the device; a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site.

根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a communication device is provided, the device including:

接收模块,用于接收第一帧,所述第一帧包括请求或建议所述装置在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集;其中,所述至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第一站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。A receiving module is used to receive a first frame, wherein the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requesting or suggesting that the device use at least one subchannel; wherein the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the device; and a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the device.

根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种通信设备,该通信设备包括:处理器;与所述处理器相连的收发器;用于存储所述处理器的可执行指令的存储器;其中,所述处理器被配置为加载并执行所述可执行指令以实现如上述各个方面所述的通信方法。According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor; a transceiver connected to the processor; and a memory for storing executable instructions of the processor; wherein the processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the communication method as described in the above aspects.

根据本申请实施例的另一个方面,提供了一种通信设备,该通信设备包括:接收器;所述通信设备被配置为实现如上述各个方面所述的通信方法。According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a communication device is provided, comprising: a receiver; the communication device is configured to implement the communication method as described in the above aspects.

根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有至少一段程序,该至少一段程序由处理器加载并执行以实现如上述各个方面所述的通信方法。According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which at least one program is stored. The at least one program is loaded and executed by a processor to implement the communication method as described in the above aspects.

根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品或计算机程序,所述计算机程序产品或所述计算机程序包括计算机指令,所述计算机指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中,处理器从所述计算机可读存储介质中获取所述计算机指令,所述处理器执行所述计算机指令以实现如上述各个方面所述的通信方法。According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a computer program product or a computer program is provided, wherein the computer program product or the computer program includes computer instructions, wherein the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, a processor obtains the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor executes the computer instructions to implement the communication method as described in the above aspects.

根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或至少一段程序,所述芯片用于基于所述可编程逻辑电路和/或所述至少一段程序,以实现如上述各个方面所述的通信方法。According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a chip is provided, which includes a programmable logic circuit and/or at least one program, and the chip is used to implement the communication method described in the above aspects based on the programmable logic circuit and/or the at least one program.

本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以包括以下有益效果:The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application may have the following beneficial effects:

由第一站点发送请求或建议第二站点使用的子信道、传输参数集,对于第一站点来说,具备较高的灵活性和及时性。并且,由于第一帧指示的传输参数是第一站点请求或建议的,因而更符合第一站点自身的期望和能力,调整的参数更加准确和可靠,有助于保障系统内通信效率。The first station's request or suggestion of a subchannel and transmission parameter set for use by the second station provides greater flexibility and timeliness for the first station. Furthermore, because the transmission parameters indicated in the first frame are those requested or suggested by the first station, they better align with the first station's own expectations and capabilities, resulting in more accurate and reliable parameter adjustments, helping to ensure efficient communication within the system.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。 In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the following briefly introduces the drawings required for use in the description of the embodiments. Obviously, the drawings described below are only some embodiments of the present application. For ordinary technicians in this field, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings without any creative work.

图1示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的无线通信系统的示意图;FIG1 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图2示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram showing a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图3示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的共址干扰请求帧的行动字段的格式示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram showing the format of an action field of a co-site interference request frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图4示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的请求信息字段的格式示意图;FIG4 shows a schematic diagram of the format of a request information field provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图5示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的共址干扰报告帧的行动字段的格式示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram showing the format of the action field of a co-site interference report frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图6示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的共址干扰报告元素的格式示意图;FIG6 shows a schematic diagram of the format of a co-site interference report element provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图7示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的DSO(Dynamic Subband Operation,动态子带操作)过程的示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram showing a DSO (Dynamic Subband Operation) process provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图8示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图;FIG8 is a flow chart showing a communication method according to an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图9示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图;FIG9 is a schematic flow chart showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图10示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的TXOP(Transmission Opportunity,传输机会)分享的示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram showing TXOP (Transmission Opportunity) sharing provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图11示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的TXOP分享的示意图;FIG11 shows a schematic diagram of TXOP sharing provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图12示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的RD(Reverse Direction,反向传输)交换序列的示意图;FIG12 is a schematic diagram showing an RD (Reverse Direction) exchange sequence provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图13示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的HLA(HE Link Adaptation,High Efficiency Link Adaptation,高效链路自适应)控制字段中的控制信息子字段格式示意图;FIG13 is a schematic diagram showing the format of the control information subfield in the HLA (HE Link Adaptation, High Efficiency Link Adaptation) control field provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图14示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的ELA(EHT Link Adaptation,Extremely High Throughput Link Adaptation,极高吞吐链路自适应)控制字段中的控制信息子字段格式示意图;FIG14 is a schematic diagram showing the format of the control information subfield in the ELA (EHT Link Adaptation, Extremely High Throughput Link Adaptation) control field provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图15示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图;FIG15 is a schematic diagram showing a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图16示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图;FIG16 is a schematic diagram showing a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图17示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的示意图;FIG17 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图18示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的示意图;FIG18 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图19示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的示意图;FIG19 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图20示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的示意图;FIG20 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图21示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的示意图;FIG21 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图22示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的示意图;FIG22 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图23示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的示意图;FIG23 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图24示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的示意图;FIG24 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图25示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的示意图;FIG25 is a schematic diagram showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图26示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图;FIG26 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图27示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图;FIG27 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图28示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图;FIG28 is a schematic diagram showing a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图29示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图;FIG29 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图30示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图;FIG30 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图31示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图;FIG31 is a schematic diagram showing a frame format of a first frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图32示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信装置的结构框图;FIG32 shows a structural block diagram of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图33示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信装置的结构框图;FIG33 shows a structural block diagram of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;

图34示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。FIG34 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

为使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施方式作进一步地详细描述。这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本申请相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本申请的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。To make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the present application more clear, the embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Exemplary embodiments will be described in detail herein, with examples shown in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the drawings, unless otherwise indicated, the same numbers in different drawings represent the same or similar elements. The embodiments described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all embodiments consistent with the present application. Instead, they are merely examples of devices and methods consistent with certain aspects of the present application, as detailed in the appended claims.

在本申请使用的术语是仅仅出于描述特定实施例的目的,而非旨在限制本申请。在本申请和所附权利要求书中所使用的单数形式的“一种”、“所述”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式,除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。还应当理解,本文中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个相关联的列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。The terms used in this application are for the purpose of describing specific embodiments only and are not intended to limit this application. As used in this application and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," "the," and "the" are intended to include the plural forms, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It should also be understood that the term "and/or" as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.

应当理解,尽管在本申请可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本申请范围的情况下,第一信息也可以被称为第二信息,类似地,第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语“如果”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”。在本说明书中,在表述Boolean Value (布尔型值)所表达的含义时,会表达为‘0’表示‘第一含义’,‘1’表示‘第二含义’,不失一般性地,本领域技术人员能够理解,其代表地含义是可以对调的,即‘1’表示‘第一含义’,‘0’表示‘第二含义’。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used in this application to describe various information, such information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other. For example, without departing from the scope of this application, the first information may also be referred to as the second information, and similarly, the second information may also be referred to as the first information. Depending on the context, the word "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "at the time of" or "when" or "in response to determining". In this specification, when expressing a Boolean Value (Boolean value), '0' represents the 'first meaning' and '1' represents the 'second meaning'. Without loss of generality, those skilled in the art will understand that the representative meanings can be swapped, that is, '1' represents the 'first meaning' and '0' represents the 'second meaning'.

应当理解,本申请各个实施例中,涉及到的帧/元素/字段的格式、名称及取值均仅为示例,并不意味着对帧/元素/字段的格式、名称及取值做出限定。在不同的实施例或不同的设计下,不排除前述元素/字段的名称、在帧中所处的位置、与其它元素/字段之间的排列顺序、占用字节数、占用比特数中的至少一个发生改变的情况。在不同的实施例或不同的设计下,不排除前述帧的名称、包含的元素/字段、占用字节数、占用比特数中的至少一个发生改变的情况。It should be understood that the formats, names, and values of the frames/elements/fields involved in the various embodiments of the present application are merely examples and do not limit the formats, names, and values of the frames/elements/fields. In different embodiments or designs, it is not excluded that at least one of the names of the aforementioned elements/fields, their positions in the frame, their order with other elements/fields, the number of bytes occupied, and the number of bits occupied may be changed. In different embodiments or designs, it is not excluded that at least one of the names of the aforementioned frames, the elements/fields contained therein, the number of bytes occupied, and the number of bits occupied may be changed.

图1示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的无线通信系统100的示意图。该无线通信系统100中包括终端设备与终端设备,或终端设备与网络设备,或STA(Station,站点)与STA,本申请对此不作限定。Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The wireless communication system 100 includes terminal devices and terminal devices, or terminal devices and network devices, or STAs (Stations) and STAs, which are not limited in the present application.

本申请中,STA可以包括AP STA(Access Point STA,接入点站点)和/或non-AP STA(非接入点站点)。其中,AP STA可以简称为AP。STA与STA之间的通信,可以实现为AP与non-AP STA之间的通信,也可以实现为non-AP STA与non-AP STA之间的通信,还可以实现为STA与peer STA(对端STA)之间的通信。其中,peer STA指与STA对端通信的设备,peer STA可能是AP,也可能是non-AP STA。图1以无线通信系统100包括AP 110和non-AP STA 120为例进行说明。In this application, STAs may include AP STAs (Access Point STAs) and/or non-AP STAs (non-access point STAs). An AP STA may be referred to as an AP. Communication between STAs may be implemented as communication between an AP and a non-AP STA, as communication between a non-AP STA and a non-AP STA, or as communication between a STA and a peer STA. A peer STA refers to a device that communicates with a peer STA. A peer STA may be an AP or a non-AP STA. Figure 1 illustrates a wireless communication system 100 including an AP 110 and a non-AP STA 120.

在一些实施例中,AP 110是一种部署在WLAN(Wireless Local Area Networks,无线局域网)/Wi-Fi(Wireless Fidelity,无线保真)系统中为STA提供无线通信功能的设备。AP 110相当于一个连接有线网和无线网的桥梁,主要作用是将各个无线网络客户端连接到一起,然后将无线网络接入以太网。AP 110可以是带有WLAN/Wi-Fi芯片的终端设备(如手机)或者网络设备(如路由器)。In some embodiments, AP 110 is a device deployed in a WLAN (Wireless Local Area Networks)/Wi-Fi (Wireless Fidelity) system to provide wireless communication capabilities for STAs. AP 110 acts as a bridge between wired and wireless networks, connecting wireless network clients and then connecting the wireless network to Ethernet. AP 110 can be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a router) equipped with a WLAN/Wi-Fi chip.

在一些实施例中,AP 110可以是支持802.11be、802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等多种当前以及未来的IEEE(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,电气和电子工程师协会)802.11家族的WLAN制式的设备。AP 110还可以应用于支持下一代WLAN系统/下一代Wi-Fi通信的网络环境中。In some embodiments, AP 110 may support various current and future IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 802.11 family WLAN standards, such as 802.11be, 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a. AP 110 may also be used in a network environment supporting next-generation WLAN systems/next-generation Wi-Fi communications.

本申请实施例中,下一代WLAN系统是从802.11be系统演进的WLAN系统并可满足与802.11be系统的向后兼容。下一代Wi-Fi通信是针对基于IEEE 802.11be规范的Wi-Fi 7之后的任何新一代Wi-Fi通信,例如UHR(Ultra High Reliability,极高可靠性)通信等。In the embodiments of the present application, the next-generation WLAN system is a WLAN system that evolves from the 802.11be system and is backward compatible with the 802.11be system. Next-generation Wi-Fi communication refers to any new generation of Wi-Fi communication after Wi-Fi 7 based on the IEEE 802.11be specification, such as UHR (Ultra High Reliability) communication.

在一些实施例中,non-AP STA 120可以是支持WLAN/Wi-Fi技术的UE(User Equipment,用户设备)、手机、平板电脑、电子书阅读器、膝上便携计算机、台式计算机、电视机、VR(Virtual Reality,虚拟现实)设备、AR(Augmented Reality,增强现实)设备、MR(Mediated Reality,混合现实)设备、XR(Extended Reality,扩展现实)设备、BR(Baffle Reality,迷惑现实)设备、CR(Cinematic Reality,影像现实)设备、DR(Deceive Reality,蒙蔽现实)设备、远程终端、工业控制(Industrial Control)中的无线设备、机顶盒、无人驾驶(Self Driving)中的无线设备、车载通信设备、可穿戴设备、远程医疗(Remote Medical)中的无线设备、智能电网(Smart Grid)中的无线设备、运输安全(Transportation Safety)中的无线设备、智慧城市(Smart City)中的无线设备、智慧家庭(Smart Home)中的无线设备(比如智能摄像头、智能遥控器、智能水表电表等)、无线通信芯片、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,专用集成电路)、SoC(System on Chip,片上系统)、IoT(Internet of Things,物联网)节点、传感器、IoV(Internet of Vehicles,车联网)中的无线设备等,non-AP STA 120还可以是具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备等,此处不一一列举。In some embodiments, the non-AP STA 120 may be a UE (User Equipment) supporting WLAN/Wi-Fi technology, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, an e-book reader, a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a television, a VR (Virtual Reality) device, an AR (Augmented Reality) device, an MR (Mediated Reality) device, an XR (Extended Reality) device, a BR (Baffle Reality) device, a CR (Cinematic Reality) device, a DR (Deceive Reality) device, a remote terminal, a wireless device in industrial control, a set-top box, a wireless device in self-driving, an in-vehicle communication device, a wearable device, a remote control, a wireless device in industrial control, a wireless device in self-driving, a vehicle-mounted communication device, a wearable device, a remote control, a wireless device in industrial ... Wireless devices in remote medical, wireless devices in smart grid, wireless devices in transportation safety, wireless devices in smart city, wireless devices in smart home (such as smart cameras, smart remote controls, smart water meters and electricity meters, etc.), wireless communication chips, ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit), SoC (System on Chip), IoT (Internet of Things) nodes, sensors, wireless devices in IoV (Internet of Vehicles), etc. The non-AP STA 120 can also be a handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, a computing device, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, etc., which are not listed here one by one.

在一些实施例中,non-AP STA 120可以是支持802.11be、802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等多种当前以及未来的IEEE 802.11家族的WLAN制式的设备。non-AP STA 120还可以应用于支持下一代WLAN系统/下一代Wi-Fi通信的网络环境中。In some embodiments, non-AP STA 120 may be a device supporting various current and future IEEE 802.11 family WLAN standards, such as 802.11be, 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a. Non-AP STA 120 may also be used in a network environment supporting next-generation WLAN systems/next-generation Wi-Fi communications.

在一些实施例中,AP 110和non-AP STA 120均支持IEEE 802.11协议,但不限于IEEE 802.11协议。In some embodiments, both AP 110 and non-AP STA 120 support IEEE 802.11 protocol, but are not limited to IEEE 802.11 protocol.

可以理解的是,STA在无线通信中的角色不是绝对的。例如,当手机A连接路由器时,手机A是non-AP STA,而当手机A作为手机B的热点时,手机A充当了AP的角色。It is understandable that the role of STA in wireless communication is not absolute. For example, when phone A is connected to a router, phone A is a non-AP STA, but when phone A acts as a hotspot for phone B, phone A acts as an AP.

在一些实施例中,无线通信系统100可支持的频段包括但不限于:毫米波(mmWave)频段(比如45GHz、60GHz等属于30~300GHz范围内的频段)、低频频段。其中,低频频段包括Sub-7GHz频段(比如2.4GHz、5GHz、6GHz等属于1~7.25GHz范围内的频段)。In some embodiments, the frequency bands supported by the wireless communication system 100 include, but are not limited to, millimeter wave (mmWave) bands (e.g., 45 GHz, 60 GHz, etc., which are within the range of 30 to 300 GHz) and low-frequency bands. The low-frequency bands include the Sub-7 GHz band (e.g., 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, 6 GHz, etc., which are within the range of 1 to 7.25 GHz).

在一些实施例中,AP 110和non-AP STA 120之间存在一个或多个链路。In some embodiments, one or more links exist between AP 110 and non-AP STA 120.

在一些实施例中,AP 110和non-AP STA 120之间支持多频段通信。例如,同时在2.4GHz、5GHz、6GHz、45GHz、60GHz等频段中的至少之一进行通信。又例如,同时在同一频段的不同信道或不同频段的不同信道上通信。多频段通信可以提高设备之间的通信吞吐量和/或可靠性。这种支持多频段通信的设备可以认为具备MLO(Multi-Link Operation,多链路操作)能力,通常称为多频段设备或MLD(Multi-Link Device,多链路设备),有时也称为多频段实体或多链路实体。MLD可以是AP设备,也可以是non-AP STA 设备。如果MLD是AP设备,则MLD中包含一个或多个AP;如果MLD是non-AP STA设备,则MLD中包含一个或多个non-AP STA。AP MLD中的AP与STA MLD中的STA之间可以形成多条链路,AP MLD中的AP和STA MLD中的STA之间可以通过对应的链路进行通信。In some embodiments, multi-band communication is supported between the AP 110 and the non-AP STA 120. For example, communication is performed simultaneously in at least one of the frequency bands such as 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, 6 GHz, 45 GHz, and 60 GHz. For another example, communication is performed simultaneously on different channels of the same frequency band or different channels of different frequency bands. Multi-band communication can improve the communication throughput and/or reliability between devices. Such a device that supports multi-band communication can be considered to have MLO (Multi-Link Operation) capability, commonly referred to as a multi-band device or MLD (Multi-Link Device), sometimes also referred to as a multi-band entity or multi-link entity. MLD can be an AP device or a non-AP STA. If the MLD is an AP device, it contains one or more APs; if the MLD is a non-AP STA device, it contains one or more non-AP STAs. Multiple links can be formed between the AP in the AP MLD and the STA in the STA MLD. The AP in the AP MLD and the STA in the STA MLD can communicate through the corresponding links.

BSS(Basic Service Set,基本服务集)是WLAN/Wi-Fi的基础拓扑结构。构成BSS的通信设备包括一个AP和若干个non-AP STA。加入AP的无线域后,各个non-AP STA与AP建立关联(Associated),non-AP STA与AP之间可以进行数据传输,non-AP STA与non-AP STA之间可以通过AP交换数据。The Basic Service Set (BSS) is the foundational topology of WLAN/Wi-Fi. The communication devices that make up a BSS include an access point (AP) and several non-AP STAs. After joining an AP's wireless domain, each non-AP STA establishes an association with the AP. This allows data transmission between non-AP STAs and the AP, and data exchange between non-AP STAs through the AP.

一些场景中BSS设置得比较密集,各个BSS甚至可能处于相同的频段(例如2.4GHz频段,又例如5GHz频段,又例如6GHz频段等),它们的工作信道可能完全重叠、部分重叠或不重叠。在这些场景中,处于多个BSS的覆盖范围的重叠区域内的站点可能受到较多的CCI(Co-channel Interference,同信道干扰)和ACI(Adjacent Channel Interference,邻信道干扰)。这些干扰并不是持续稳定在固定水平的,而是起伏变化的,并且不同的子信道上的干扰水平也存在差异。In some scenarios, BSSs are densely deployed, even in the same frequency band (e.g., 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, or 6 GHz). Their operating channels may completely overlap, partially overlap, or not overlap at all. In these scenarios, stations within the overlapping coverage areas of multiple BSSs may experience significant amounts of co-channel interference (CCI) and adjacent channel interference (ACI). This interference does not remain stable at a fixed level, but rather fluctuates, and the interference levels vary across different sub-channels.

为了应对变化的干扰水平,相关技术中,站点之间进行传输时会根据链路状态来调整传输速率。例如,信道状况较好(如信号质量较好、接收成功率较高)时,会尝试提高MCS(Modulation and Coding Scheme,调制编码方案)值,如提高调制编码阶数;信道状况较差(如信号质量较差、接收成功率较低)时,会尝试降低MCS值,如降低调制编码阶数。这个传输速率的控制过程可以采用各种基于实现的算法,例如基于直接信道测量结果的方法和基于统计的方法。基于统计的方法中,一般通过统计在一段时间内的吞吐量和发送端根据连续收到的ACK(Acknowledgment,确认)帧来判断信道质量,例如吟游诗人(Minstrel)算法、ARF(Auto Rate Fallback,自动速率回退)算法、AARF(Adaptive Auto Rate Fallback,自适应自动速率回退)算法、AARF-CD(Adaptive Auto Rate Fallback Collision Detection,自适应自动速率回退冲突检测)算法、CARA(Collision Aware Rate Adaptation,碰撞感知速率自适应)算法、RRA(Robust Rate Adaptation,鲁棒性速率自适应)算法、RRPA(Robust Rate and Power Adaptation,鲁棒性速率功率自适应)算法、AMRR(Adaptive Multi Rate Retry,自适应多速率重试)、PARF(Power-Controlled Auto Rate Fallback,功率控制自动速率回退)算法、APARF(Adaptive Power-Controlled Auto Rate Fallback,自适应功率控制自动速率回退)算法等等。而且,干扰通常影响接收方站点,目前发送方站点调整传输速率的具体方法均是发送方站点自行决定的。由于所处位置不同,接收方和发送方受到的干扰并不完全一致,若发送方站点基于直接信道测量结果来调整传输速率则需要接收方站点频繁地进行信道测量结果的反馈,开销较大,并且在干扰频繁地改变的情况下为了提高吞吐而调整到较高的传输速率容易产生较多的传输失败。若发送方站点基于统计结果来调整传输速率,由于统计方法具有较大的滞后性,也容易产生较多的传输失败。To cope with changing interference levels, related technologies adjust the transmission rate between stations based on the link status. For example, when channel conditions are good (e.g., good signal quality, high reception success rate), attempts are made to increase the MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme) value, such as by increasing the modulation and coding order. When channel conditions are poor (e.g., poor signal quality, low reception success rate), attempts are made to decrease the MCS value, such as by reducing the modulation and coding order. This transmission rate control process can employ various implementation-based algorithms, such as those based on direct channel measurement results and statistical methods. In the statistical-based methods, the channel quality is generally judged by counting the throughput over a period of time and the ACK (Acknowledgment) frames continuously received by the sender, such as the Minstrel algorithm, ARF (Auto Rate Fallback) algorithm, AARF (Adaptive Auto Rate Fallback) algorithm, AARF-CD (Adaptive Auto Rate Fallback Collision Detection) algorithm, CARA (Collision Aware Rate Adaptation) algorithm, etc. These include the Collision-Aware Rate Adaptation (CRA) algorithm, the Robust Rate Adaptation (RRA) algorithm, the Robust Rate and Power Adaptation (RRPA) algorithm, the Adaptive Multi-Rate Retry (AMRR) algorithm, the Power-Controlled Auto-Rate Fallback (PARF) algorithm, and the Adaptive Power-Controlled Auto-Rate Fallback (APARF) algorithm. Furthermore, interference often affects the receiving station, and currently, the specific method for adjusting the transmission rate at the sending station is determined independently. Due to their different locations, the interference experienced by the receiving and sending stations may not be identical. If the sending station adjusts the transmission rate based on direct channel measurement results, the receiving station must frequently provide feedback on these channel measurements, which is costly. Furthermore, adjusting to a higher transmission rate to improve throughput when interference frequently changes can easily result in a high number of transmission failures. If the sending site adjusts the transmission rate based on statistical results, it is likely to cause more transmission failures due to the large lag of the statistical method.

为此,本申请提出便于站点及时准确地调整传输参数的通信方法,以应对系统内起伏变化的干扰问题。To this end, the present application proposes a communication method that facilitates sites to adjust transmission parameters in a timely and accurate manner to address interference issues that fluctuate within the system.

图2示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图。该方法由第一站点和第二站点执行。该方法包括如下步骤中的至少部分步骤:FIG2 is a flow chart showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is performed by a first station and a second station. The method includes at least some of the following steps:

步骤220:第一站点向第二站点上报干扰信息。Step 220: The first station reports interference information to the second station.

第一站点包括AP或non-AP STA。可选的,第一站点处于多个BSS的覆盖范围的重叠区域内。The first station includes an AP or a non-AP STA. Optionally, the first station is located in an overlapping area of coverage of multiple BSSs.

第一站点可以将一个或多个子信道的受干扰情况上报给对端站点。为便于说明,将对端站点称为第二站点,第二站点包括AP或non-AP STA。The first station can report the interference status of one or more sub-channels to the peer station. For ease of explanation, the peer station is referred to as the second station, which includes an AP or a non-AP STA.

在一些实施例中,第一站点主动向第二站点发送干扰信息报告。In some embodiments, the first station proactively sends an interference information report to the second station.

在一些实施例中,第一站点可以基于第二站点的请求(Solicited)上报干扰信息。也即,在步骤220之前,第一站点接收到来自第二站点的请求信息,该请求信息用于请求第一站点上报干扰信息。In some embodiments, the first station may report the interference information based on a solicited request from the second station. That is, before step 220, the first station receives a solicited request from the second station requesting the first station to report the interference information.

本申请实施例以第二站点发送的请求信息为共址干扰请求信息为例进行示意性说明。第二站点向第一站点发送共址干扰请求帧(Colocated Interference Request Frame),共址干扰请求帧用于请求第一站点发送共址干扰报告(Colocated Interference Report)。第一站点接收到共址干扰请求帧后,向第二站点发送共址干扰报告帧,其中携带共址干扰报告。This embodiment of the present application uses a co-site interference request message as an example. The second station sends a co-site interference request frame to the first station. The co-site interference request frame is used to request the first station to send a co-site interference report. After receiving the co-site interference request frame, the first station sends a co-site interference report frame to the second station, which carries the co-site interference report.

图3示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的共址干扰请求帧的行动(Action)字段的格式示意图。共址干扰请求帧的行动字段包括如下至少一个字段:类别(Category)、WNM(Wireless Network Management,无线网络管理)行动、会话令牌(Dialog Token)、请求信息(Request Info),并且各个字段分别占用1字节(Octet)。其中,请求信息字段的格式如图4所示,包括自动报告使能(Automatic Report Enabled)子字段和/或报告超时(Report Timeout)子字段。自动报告使能子字段占用2比特(Bit),占用比特位B0至B1。报告超时子字段占用6比特,占用比特位B2至B7。示例性的,当自动报告使能子字段的取值为0时,表示取消上报;取值为1时,表示当干扰发生变化时上报;取值为2时,表示定期上报;取值为3时,表示定期上报和/或当干扰发生变化时上报。报告超时子字段包含一个以200TU(Time Unit,时间单位,等于1024微秒μs)为单位的值,用于表示第一站点发出的两个连续的共址干扰报告帧之间的最小间隔。也就是说,第一站点的两次上报之间的间隔应当大于或等于报告超时子字段指示的值。当自动报告使能子字 段设置为0时,报告超时子字段被保留(Reserved)。FIG3 shows a schematic diagram of the format of the action field of a co-site interference request frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The action field of the co-site interference request frame includes at least one of the following fields: Category, WNM (Wireless Network Management) action, Dialog Token, and Request Info, and each field occupies 1 byte. The format of the request information field is shown in FIG4 , including an Automatic Report Enabled subfield and/or a Report Timeout subfield. The Automatic Report Enabled subfield occupies 2 bits, occupying bits B0 to B1. The Report Timeout subfield occupies 6 bits, occupying bits B2 to B7. For example, when the value of the Automatic Report Enabled subfield is 0, it indicates cancellation of reporting; when it is 1, it indicates reporting when interference changes; when it is 2, it indicates periodic reporting; and when it is 3, it indicates periodic reporting and/or reporting when interference changes. The Report Timeout subfield contains a value in 200TUs (Time Unit, equal to 1024 microseconds), which is used to indicate the minimum interval between two consecutive co-site interference report frames sent by the first station. In other words, the interval between two reports of the first station should be greater than or equal to the value indicated by the Report Timeout subfield. When the field is set to 0, the Report Timeout subfield is reserved.

图5示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的共址干扰报告帧的行动字段的格式示意图。共址干扰报告帧的行动字段包括如下至少一个字段:类别、WNM行动、对话标记、共址干扰报告元素。其中,类别、WNM行动、对话标记三个字段分别占用1字节,共址干扰报告元素占用的字节数可变(Variable)。共址干扰报告元素的格式如图6所示,包括如下字段中的至少之一:元素ID(Identifier,标识)、长度(Length)、报告周期(Report Period)、干扰级别(Interference Level)、干扰级别准确性(Interference Level Accuracy)/干扰索引(Interference Index)、干扰间隔(Interference Interval)、干扰突发长度(Interference Burst Length)、干扰起始时间(Interference Start Time)/占空比(Duty Cycle)、出现干扰的中心频率(Interference Center Frequency)、出现干扰的带宽(Interference Bandwidth)。图6中各个字段下方的数字表示其占用的字节数,不再一一赘述。报告周期字段包含一个以200个TU为单位的值。FIG5 shows a schematic diagram of the format of the action field of a co-site interference report frame provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The action field of the co-site interference report frame includes at least one of the following fields: category, WNM action, dialogue flag, and co-site interference report element. The category, WNM action, and dialogue flag fields each occupy 1 byte, and the number of bytes occupied by the co-site interference report element is variable. The format of the co-site interference report element is shown in FIG6 and includes at least one of the following fields: element ID (Identifier), length, report period, interference level, interference level accuracy/interference index, interference interval, interference burst length, interference start time/duty cycle, interference center frequency, and interference bandwidth. The numbers under each field in Figure 6 indicate the number of bytes it occupies, which will not be detailed here. The Reporting Period field contains a value in units of 200 TUs.

步骤240:第二站点基于第一站点上报的干扰信息调度第一站点。Step 240: The second station schedules the first station based on the interference information reported by the first station.

在一些实施例中,第二站点基于第一站点上报的干扰信息,通过DSO(Dynamic Subband Operation,动态子带操作)调度第一站点。可选的,第二站点可以自主进行DSO调度,也可以基于第一站点的请求进行DSO调度。In some embodiments, the second station schedules the first station via Dynamic Subband Operation (DSO) based on the interference information reported by the first station. Alternatively, the second station may perform DSO scheduling autonomously or upon request from the first station.

示例性的,第二站点动态地向第一站点指示辅160MHz(Secondary 160MHz,可以简称为S160或160S)上的发送机会或接收机会。当然,并不局限于辅160MHz上的动态指示,第二站点还可以动态地向第一站点指示任何AP/non-AP STA的带宽组合,其中,第二站点支持的带宽高于第一站点支持的带宽。在每个动态分配的机会内,操作可以是DL(Downlink,下行链路)传输或基于触发的UL(Uplink,上行链路)传输或点对点传输或M-AP协调传输。For example, the second station dynamically indicates to the first station a transmit opportunity or a receive opportunity on the secondary 160 MHz (S160 or 160S). Dynamic indication is not limited to the secondary 160 MHz. The second station can also dynamically indicate to the first station any AP/non-AP STA bandwidth combination, where the second station supports a higher bandwidth than the first station. Within each dynamically allocated opportunity, the operation can be a DL (downlink) transmission, a triggered UL (uplink) transmission, a point-to-point transmission, or an M-AP coordinated transmission.

DSO支持第二站点在辅160MHz上成功获得信道接入时,基于TXOP(Transmission Opportunity,传输机会)动态地利用该辅160MHz带宽。第二站点可以根据带宽可用性、信道条件和QoS(Quality of Service,业务质量)要求,动态地决定是否在主160MHz或辅160MHz上给第一站点分配带宽,以及以这种方式为哪些第一站点分配。DSO allows a second station to dynamically utilize the secondary 160 MHz bandwidth based on TXOPs (Transmission Opportunities) when it successfully gains channel access on the secondary 160 MHz. The second station can dynamically decide whether to allocate bandwidth to a first station on the primary or secondary 160 MHz, and to which first stations, based on bandwidth availability, channel conditions, and QoS (Quality of Service) requirements.

DSO过程如图7所示,第二站点在320MHz带宽获取TXOP开始时向支持DSO的第一站点发送指示,要求第一站点为该TXOP转换到辅160MHz,然后在辅160MHz上继续帧交换。其中,第二站点向正被调度的支持DSO的第一站点发送一个“子带切换控制帧(Subband-Switch Control Frame)”,这是一个特殊的初始控制帧,用于指示切换到辅助160MHz。子带切换控制帧具有足够的填充(Padding)以覆盖子带切换时延(即第一站点从主160MHz切换到辅160MHz所需的时延)。在TXOP结束时(例如,通过SIFS+增量时间的时间间隔检测TXOP结束),第一站点切换回到主160MHz上运行。子带切换控制帧可以是修改的MU-RTS(Multi-User Request to Send,多用户请求以发送)帧,或修改的BSRP(Buffer Status Report Poll,缓存状态报告轮询)帧,或新定义的帧。The DSO process is illustrated in Figure 7. At the start of a TXOP in the 320 MHz bandwidth, the second station sends an instruction to the first station supporting DSO, requesting that the first station switch to the secondary 160 MHz for the TXOP. Frame exchange then continues on the secondary 160 MHz. The second station sends a "Subband Switch Control Frame"—a special initial control frame—to the scheduled first station supporting DSO. The Subband Switch Control Frame includes sufficient padding to cover the subband switching delay (i.e., the delay required for the first station to switch from the primary 160 MHz to the secondary 160 MHz). At the end of the TXOP (e.g., by detecting the end of the TXOP at a time interval equal to SIFS + delta time), the first station switches back to operating on the primary 160 MHz. The Subband Switch Control Frame can be a modified MU-RTS (Multi-User Request to Send) frame, a modified BSRP (Buffer Status Report Poll) frame, or a newly defined frame.

在一些实施例中,第二站点基于第一站点上报的干扰信息,进行M-AP(Multi-AP,多接入点)协调传输调度。例如,第二站点调度第一站点进行C-TDMA(Coordinated Time Domain Multiple Access,协调的时分多址传输),或进行协调的空域复用传输。M-AP协调传输调度可以是第二站点自主进行的,也可以是基于第一站点的请求进行的。In some embodiments, the second station performs M-AP (Multi-AP) coordinated transmission scheduling based on the interference information reported by the first station. For example, the second station schedules the first station to perform C-TDMA (Coordinated Time Domain Multiple Access) or coordinated spatial multiplexing transmission. M-AP coordinated transmission scheduling can be performed autonomously by the second station or upon request by the first station.

综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,由第一站点向第二站点上报干扰情况,第二站点再基于第一站点的干扰情况为第一站点调度传输参数。在干扰水平发生变化时,能够较为及时、准确地调整传输参数,从而提高系统内通信效率。In summary, the method provided in the embodiments of the present application involves a first station reporting interference conditions to a second station, which then schedules transmission parameters for the first station based on the first station's interference conditions. When the interference level changes, transmission parameters can be adjusted more promptly and accurately, thereby improving communication efficiency within the system.

但是,图2所示的实施例中,传输参数是否调整、如何调整、何时调整,实际上还是由第二站点决定的,第一站点能做的只是上报干扰信息和基于第二站点的调度进行传输。对于第一站点来说,这样的方法虽然能在一定程度上应对干扰变化,但其灵活程度、及时程度还是十分欠缺的,并且,第二站点的调度也不一定完全符合第一站点的期望和能力。However, in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, whether, how, and when transmission parameters are adjusted are still determined by the second station. The first station can only report interference information and transmit based on the second station's scheduling. For the first station, while this approach can address interference changes to a certain extent, it lacks flexibility and timeliness. Furthermore, the second station's scheduling may not fully meet the first station's expectations and capabilities.

因此,本申请还提出了一种支持更加灵活地调整传输参数的通信方法,能够更加及时和准确地应对系统内起伏变化的干扰问题。Therefore, the present application also proposes a communication method that supports more flexible adjustment of transmission parameters, which can deal with the interference problem of fluctuations in the system more promptly and accurately.

图8示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图。该方法由第一站点执行。该方法包括如下步骤中的至少部分步骤:FIG8 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is performed by a first station. The method includes at least some of the following steps:

步骤320:发送第一帧,第一帧包括请求或建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集。Step 320: Send a first frame, where the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requested or suggested for use by the second station in at least one sub-channel.

其中,至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于第一站点的工作信道带宽(Operating Channel Width)之内的子信道;位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于第二站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于第二站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。也就是说,第一帧请求或建议的子信道,可以位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之内或之外,也可以位于第二站点的工作信道带宽之内或之外。因此,第一帧并不局限于第一站点自身工作信道带宽内的参数调整,能够通过第一帧进行更加灵活和更大带宽范围内的 参数调整,有助于提高系统内的整体通信效率和通信质量。Among them, at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the operating channel bandwidth (Operating Channel Width) of the first site; a subchannel located outside the operating channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the operating channel bandwidth of the second site; a subchannel located outside the operating channel bandwidth of the second site. In other words, the subchannel requested or suggested by the first frame can be located within or outside the operating channel bandwidth of the first site, and can also be located within or outside the operating channel bandwidth of the second site. Therefore, the first frame is not limited to parameter adjustment within the operating channel bandwidth of the first site itself, and can be more flexible and within a larger bandwidth range through the first frame. Parameter adjustment helps to improve the overall communication efficiency and quality within the system.

第一帧包括请求第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,可以理解为,第一帧请求第二站点使用该传输参数集在至少一个子信道传输。第二站点基于第一帧进行的传输可以是DL传输或UL传输或点对点传输或M-AP传输,也即,第二站点可以基于第一帧接收或发送。示例性的,若第一帧包括请求第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,且第二站点接受了第一帧的分享,则必须使用第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集来进行传输。The first frame includes a transmission parameter set that is requested to be used by the second station on at least one subchannel. It can be understood that the first frame requests the second station to use the transmission parameter set for transmission on at least one subchannel. The transmission performed by the second station based on the first frame can be DL transmission, UL transmission, point-to-point transmission, or M-AP transmission, that is, the second station can receive or send based on the first frame. Exemplarily, if the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that is requested to be used by the second station on at least one subchannel, and the second station accepts the sharing of the first frame, it must use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission.

第一帧包括建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,可以理解为,第一帧建议第二站点使用该传输参数集在至少一个子信道传输。第二站点基于第一帧进行的传输可以是DL传输或UL传输或点对点传输或M-AP传输,也即,第二站点可以基于第一帧接收或发送。示例性的,若第一帧包括建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,且第二站点接受了第一帧的分享,则第二站点可以使用第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集来进行传输,也可以不使用第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集来进行传输。对于第二站点来说,第一帧建议的子信道和传输参数集并不是必须使用的。The first frame includes a transmission parameter set recommended for use by the second station on at least one subchannel. It can be understood that the first frame recommends that the second station use the transmission parameter set for transmission on at least one subchannel. The transmission performed by the second station based on the first frame can be DL transmission or UL transmission or point-to-point transmission or M-AP transmission, that is, the second station can receive or send based on the first frame. Exemplarily, if the first frame includes a transmission parameter set recommended for use by the second station on at least one subchannel, and the second station accepts the sharing of the first frame, the second station may use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission, or may not use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission. For the second station, the subchannel and transmission parameter set recommended by the first frame are not mandatory.

可选的,“建议”还可以扩展为“期望”。比如,第一帧包括期望第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,此时,对于第二站点来说,第一帧建议的子信道和传输参数集也不是必须使用的。示例性的,若第一帧包括建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,且第二站点接受了第一帧的分享,则第二站点可以使用第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集来进行传输,也可以不使用第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集来进行传输。Optionally, "recommendation" can also be expanded to "expectation". For example, the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that the second station is expected to use on at least one sub-channel. In this case, the second station is not required to use the sub-channel and transmission parameter set recommended by the first frame. For example, if the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that the second station is recommended to use on at least one sub-channel, and the second station accepts the sharing of the first frame, the second station may use the sub-channel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission, or may not use the sub-channel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission.

本申请实施例中的第一站点,可以包括如图1所示的终端设备,或网络设备,或AP 110,或non-AP STA 120。本申请实施例中的第二站点,可以包括如图1所示的终端设备,或网络设备,或AP 110,或non-AP STA 120。The first station in the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device, a network device, an AP 110, or a non-AP STA 120 as shown in FIG1 . The second station in the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device, a network device, an AP 110, or a non-AP STA 120 as shown in FIG1 .

综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,由第一站点发送请求或建议第二站点使用的子信道、传输参数集,而不是等待第二站点的调度来调整参数。因此,对于第一站点来说,本申请实施例提供的方法更具灵活性。在干扰水平发生变化时,第一站点能够及时地自主发送第一帧来请求或建议第二站点调整参数。由于第一帧指示的传输参数是第一站点请求或建议的,因而更符合第一站点自身的期望和能力,调整的参数更加准确和可靠,有助于保障系统内通信效率。In summary, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is that the first site sends a request or suggests a subchannel and a transmission parameter set for use by the second site, rather than waiting for the second site's scheduling to adjust the parameters. Therefore, for the first site, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is more flexible. When the interference level changes, the first site can autonomously send a first frame in a timely manner to request or suggest that the second site adjust the parameters. Since the transmission parameters indicated by the first frame are requested or suggested by the first site, they are more in line with the first site's own expectations and capabilities, and the adjusted parameters are more accurate and reliable, which helps to ensure communication efficiency within the system.

在一些实施例中,步骤320还可以实现为步骤420,参考图9。In some embodiments, step 320 may also be implemented as step 420 , see FIG. 9 .

图9示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图。该方法由第一站点执行。该方法包括如下步骤中的至少部分步骤:FIG9 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is performed by a first station. The method includes at least some of the following steps:

步骤420:发送第一帧,第一帧用于请求或建议第二站点在TXOP和/或后续传输中使用至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数。Step 420: Send a first frame, where the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in the TXOP and/or subsequent transmission.

·关于子信道:About sub-channels:

至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于第二站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于第二站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。The at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site.

在一些实施例中,至少一个子信道在第一站点的工作信道带宽之内,并且在第二站点的工作信道带宽之内。例如,当前工作信道带宽为80MHz的第一站点,可以检测到主20MHz(Primary 20MHz,可以简称为P20或20P)子信道、辅20MHz(可以简称为S20或20S)子信道和辅40MHz(可以简称为S40或40S)子信道的干扰情况,第一站点通过第一帧指示的至少一个子信道可以包括如下至少之一:P20子信道、S20子信道、S40子信道。In some embodiments, at least one subchannel is within the operating channel bandwidth of the first site and within the operating channel bandwidth of the second site. For example, a first site with a current operating channel bandwidth of 80 MHz may detect interference between a primary 20 MHz (P20 or 20P) subchannel, a secondary 20 MHz (S20 or 20S) subchannel, and a secondary 40 MHz (S40 or 40S) subchannel. The at least one subchannel indicated by the first site in the first frame may include at least one of the following: a P20 subchannel, an S20 subchannel, and an S40 subchannel.

在一些实施例中,至少一个子信道在第一站点的工作信道带宽之外,并且在第二站点的工作信道带宽之内。例如,当前工作信道带宽为80MHz的第一站点,可以检测到P20、S20、S40子信道的干扰情况,并且知晓第二站点的辅80MHz(可以简称为S80或80S)子信道的干扰情况,第一站点通过第一帧指示的至少一个子信道可以包括如下至少之一:第一站点的P20子信道、第一站点的S20子信道、第一站点的S40子信道、第二站点的S80子信道。其中,第二站点的S80子信道的干扰情况,第一站点可能是通过之前执行过的DSO和/或NPCA(Non-Primary Channel Access,次信道访问)操作获知的。In some embodiments, at least one subchannel is outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site and within the working channel bandwidth of the second site. For example, the first site, whose current working channel bandwidth is 80MHz, can detect the interference conditions of the P20, S20, and S40 subchannels, and know the interference conditions of the auxiliary 80MHz (which can be simply referred to as S80 or 80S) subchannel of the second site. The at least one subchannel indicated by the first site through the first frame may include at least one of the following: the P20 subchannel of the first site, the S20 subchannel of the first site, the S40 subchannel of the first site, and the S80 subchannel of the second site. Among them, the interference condition of the S80 subchannel of the second site may be known to the first site through the previously performed DSO and/or NPCA (Non-Primary Channel Access) operations.

在一些实施例中,至少一个子信道可以部分在第一站点的工作信道带宽之内(例如包括第一站点的S40的高20MHz),部分在第一站点的工作信道带宽之外(例如包括第二站点的S80的低20MHz),并且在第二站点的工作信道带宽之内。In some embodiments, at least one subchannel may be partially within the operating channel bandwidth of the first site (e.g., including the upper 20 MHz of S40 of the first site), partially outside the operating channel bandwidth of the first site (e.g., including the lower 20 MHz of S80 of the second site), and within the operating channel bandwidth of the second site.

在一些实施例中,至少一个子信道可以在第一站点的工作信道带宽之内和/或之外,并且在第二站点的工作信道带宽之外。例如,第一站点进行TDLS(Tunneled Direct Link Setup,隧道直接链路建立)通信时执行过信道切换,因而了解当前工作信道带宽之外的信道干扰情况。In some embodiments, at least one subchannel can be within and/or outside the operating channel bandwidth of the first station and outside the operating channel bandwidth of the second station. For example, the first station may have performed channel switching during TDLS (Tunneled Direct Link Setup) communications and thus be aware of channel interference outside the current operating channel bandwidth.

·关于传输参数集:About transmission parameter set:

在一些实施例中,传输参数集包括如下至少一种参数:子信道BW(Bandwidth,带宽)、MCS、NSS(Number of Spatial Streams,空间流数)、期望(Targrt)的RSSI(Received Signal Strength Indicator,接收信号强度指示)、是否使用DRU(Distributed-Tone Resource Unit,分布式资源单元)、是否使用频域复制传输、是否使用空域复制传输。In some embodiments, the transmission parameter set includes at least one of the following parameters: subchannel BW (Bandwidth), MCS, NSS (Number of Spatial Streams), expected (Target) RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator), whether to use DRU (Distributed-Tone Resource Unit), whether to use frequency domain replication transmission, and whether to use spatial domain replication transmission.

在一些实施例中,第一帧指示多个子信道和传输参数集中的多组参数。第二站点可以使用第一帧所指示的全部子信道和全部传输参数;或者,第二站点也可以仅使用第一帧所指示的部分子信道和部分传输参数。第二站点是否使用全部子信道和全部传输参数,由第二站点自主决定。示例性的,第二站点随机选择使用的部分子信道和部分传输参数,或者,第二站点根据如下至少一项选择使用的部分子信道和部分传输参数:第二站点的自身能力、业务需求、QoS需求、数据量的大小、第一站点的期望、第一站点的建议、第一站点的请求。In some embodiments, the first frame indicates multiple subchannels and multiple sets of parameters in the transmission parameter set. The second station may use all subchannels and all transmission parameters indicated by the first frame; alternatively, the second station may only use some subchannels and some transmission parameters indicated by the first frame. Whether the second station uses all subchannels and all transmission parameters is determined autonomously by the second station. Exemplarily, the second station randomly selects some subchannels and some transmission parameters to use, or the second station selects some subchannels and some transmission parameters to use based on at least one of the following: the second station's own capabilities, business requirements, QoS requirements, data volume, the first station's expectations, the first station's suggestions, and the first station's requests.

·关于站点的类型:About the type of site:

第一站点可以是终端设备,或网络设备,或AP,或non-AP STA。第二站点也可以是终端设备,或网络设备,或AP,或non-AP STA。The first station can be a terminal device, a network device, an AP, or a non-AP STA. The second station can also be a terminal device, a network device, an AP, or a non-AP STA.

在一些实施例中,第一站点包括non-AP STA,第二站点包括AP。示例性的,第一站点分享给第二站点的TXOP用于下行传输。In some embodiments, the first station comprises a non-AP STA and the second station comprises an AP. Exemplarily, the first station shares a TXOP with the second station for downlink transmission.

在一些实施例中,第一站点包括non-AP STA,第二站点包括non-AP STA。示例性的,第一站点分享给第二站点的TXOP用于点对点传输。In some embodiments, the first station comprises a non-AP STA, and the second station comprises a non-AP STA. Exemplarily, the TXOP shared by the first station with the second station is used for point-to-point transmission.

在一些实施例中,第一站点包括AP,第二站点包括non-AP STA。示例性的,第一站点分享给第二站点的TXOP用于上行传输。In some embodiments, the first station comprises an AP and the second station comprises a non-AP STA. Exemplarily, the first station shares a TXOP with the second station for uplink transmission.

在一些实施例中,第一站点包括AP,第二站点包括AP。示例性的,第一站点分享给第二站点的TXOP用于M-AP协调传输。In some embodiments, the first station includes an AP, and the second station includes an AP. Exemplarily, the TXOP shared by the first station with the second station is used for M-AP coordinated transmission.

·关于“请求”和“建议”:Regarding "Requests" and "Suggestions":

请参考步骤320中的相关内容,此处不再赘述。Please refer to the relevant content in step 320, which will not be repeated here.

·关于“TXOP”和“后续传输”:Regarding "TXOP" and "subsequent transmission":

本申请中,第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数,可以适用于第一站点本次分享给第二站点的TXOP期间,也可以适用于第二站点接收第一帧之后的后续传输。也就是说,若第一帧用于请求或建议第二站点在TXOP中使用至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数,则第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数在第一站点本次分享给第二站点的TXOP内有效。若第一帧用于请求或建议第二站点在后续传输中使用至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数,则第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数在第二站点接收第一帧后始终保持有效。另外,第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数,是适用于本次分享的TXOP还是后续传输并不冲突。比如,第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数可以既适用于本次分享的TXOP又适用于后续传输。又比如,第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数中,一部分子信道和传输参数适用于本次分享的TXOP,另一部分子信道和传输参数适用于后续传输。In the present application, the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame can apply during the TXOP that the first station is currently sharing with the second station, or can apply to subsequent transmissions after the second station receives the first frame. That is, if the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters from a transmission parameter set in the TXOP, then the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame are valid during the TXOP that the first station is currently sharing with the second station. If the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters from a transmission parameter set in subsequent transmissions, then the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame remain valid after the second station receives the first frame. Furthermore, whether the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame apply to the currently shared TXOP or subsequent transmissions does not conflict. For example, the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame can apply to both the currently shared TXOP and subsequent transmissions. For another example, among the subchannels and transmission parameters indicated in the first frame, some subchannels and transmission parameters apply to the currently shared TXOP, while others apply to subsequent transmissions.

(1)第一帧用于请求或建议第二站点在TXOP使用至少一个子信道和至少一组参数(1) The first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the TXOP

在一些实施例中,第一帧用于请求或建议第二站点在TXOP中使用至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数。其中,该TXOP是第一站点本次竞争获得的TXOP。In some embodiments, the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set in a TXOP, wherein the TXOP is the TXOP obtained by the first station in this competition.

示例性的,第一站点在获得TXOP后,将该TXOP分享给第二站点,并请求或建议第二站点在该TXOP中,使用指定的一个或多个子信道和指定的传输参数集中的一组或多组值来向第一站点进行传输。Illustratively, after obtaining the TXOP, the first station shares the TXOP with the second station, and requests or suggests that the second station use one or more specified subchannels and one or more sets of values in the specified transmission parameter set to transmit to the first station in the TXOP.

在一些实施例中,至少一个子信道中的不同子信道对应传输参数集中的不同参数。也就是说,第一帧为不同子信道指示传输参数集中不同组的值。In some embodiments, different subchannels in the at least one subchannel correspond to different parameters in the transmission parameter set. That is, the first frame indicates different sets of values in the transmission parameter set for different subchannels.

在一些实施例中,第一帧包括TXOP分享请求帧(TXOP Sharing Request Frame)。也就是说,第一帧还用于向第二站点分享TXOP。In some embodiments, the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request frame (TXOP Sharing Request Frame). In other words, the first frame is also used to share the TXOP with the second station.

示例性的,图10示出了一种TXOP分享的示意图。第一站点在初始控制帧中,比如TXOP分享请求帧中,指示如下至少一项:要分享的剩余传输机会的时长(Duration of the remaining TXOP)、第一站点自身的待传输队列状态(STA’s Queueing Status)、TB PPDU Parameters(Trigger-Based PPDU parameters,基于触发的PPDU参数)等。PPDU即物理层协议数据单元(Physical Layer Protocol Data Unit)。可选的,第二站点使用CTS-to-self(Clear-to-Send to self,接收方地址为自身地址的媒介干净可以发送)帧来进行响应表示接受第一站点的分享,第二站点使用CTS帧来进行响应表示拒绝第一站点的分享。可选的,在被分享的TXOP中,第二站点进行下行或上行MU(Multi-User,多用户)传输或M-AP操作或点对点传输,直到TXOP时长到期。可选的,在被分享的TXOP中,第二站点可以通过执行回退流程来扩大带宽。可选的,第二站点可以通过再次分享来把该TXOP返回给第一站点。For example, FIG10 illustrates a schematic diagram of TXOP sharing. In an initial control frame, such as a TXOP sharing request frame, the first station indicates at least one of the following: the duration of the remaining TXOP to be shared, the first station's own queue status (STA's Queueing Status), and trigger-based PPDU parameters (TB PPDU parameters). A PPDU is a physical layer protocol data unit (Physical Layer Protocol Data Unit). Optionally, the second station responds with a CTS-to-self (Clear-to-Send to self) frame to indicate acceptance of the first station's sharing. Alternatively, the second station responds with a CTS frame to indicate rejection of the first station's sharing. Optionally, in the shared TXOP, the second station performs downlink or uplink MU (Multi-User) transmission, M-AP operation, or point-to-point transmission until the TXOP duration expires. Optionally, in the shared TXOP, the second station may expand the bandwidth by performing a fallback process. Optionally, the second station may return the TXOP to the first station by sharing it again.

示例性的,图11示出了另一种TXOP分享的示意图。第一站点通过发送MU-RTS TXS TF(MU-RTS  TXOP Sharing Trigger Frame,多用户RTS传输机会分享触发帧),来将RU(Resourece Unit,资源单元)分配给两个或多个同步的点对点帧交换。For example, FIG11 shows another schematic diagram of TXOP sharing. The first station sends MU-RTS TXS TF (MU-RTS TXOP Sharing Trigger Frame is used to allocate RUs (Resource Units) to two or more synchronous point-to-point frame exchanges.

在一些实施例中,第一帧包括如下至少一种帧:RTS(Request to Send,请求以发送)帧、MU-RTS帧、Qos空帧(Qos Null Frame)、第一控制帧。In some embodiments, the first frame includes at least one of the following frames: RTS (Request to Send) frame, MU-RTS frame, Qos Null Frame, and a first control frame.

在一些实施例中,MU-RTS帧包括如下字段中的至少之一:公共信息(Common Information,Common Info)字段、特殊用户信息(Special User Info)字段、用户信息(User Info)字段。In some embodiments, the MU-RTS frame includes at least one of the following fields: a common information (Common Info) field, a special user information (Special User Info) field, and a user information (User Info) field.

本申请中,特殊用户信息字段本质上也是一种用户信息字段,其特殊性体现在:特殊用户信息字段中的AID(Association Identifier,关联标识符)12字段的取值是一个特定值(比如2007),与用户信息字段中的AID12字段的取值不同。可选的,特殊用户信息字段还包括用于指示与EHT有关的参数的字段。In this application, the Special User Information field is essentially a User Information field. Its uniqueness lies in the fact that the value of the Association Identifier (AID) 12 field in the Special User Information field is a specific value (e.g., 2007), which is different from the value of the AID 12 field in the User Information field. Optionally, the Special User Information field also includes a field for indicating parameters related to EHT.

在一些实施例中,用户信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:RU分配(Allocation)字段、主辅160(PS160)字段、传输参数字段。其中,RU分配字段和/或主辅160字段用于指示至少一个子信道,传输参数字段用于指示传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the user information field includes at least one of the following fields: a RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 (PS160) field, and a transmission parameter field. The RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,用户信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:AID12字段、RU分配字段、分配时长(Allocation Duration)字段、PS160字段。In some embodiments, the user information field includes at least one of the following fields: AID12 field, RU allocation field, allocation duration field, and PS160 field.

在一些实施例中,用户信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:AID12字段、RU分配字段、传输时长(Transmission Duration)字段、PS160字段、传输参数字段。In some embodiments, the user information field includes at least one of the following fields: AID12 field, RU allocation field, transmission duration field, PS160 field, and transmission parameter field.

在一些实施例中,MU-RTS帧包括的第一个用户信息字段包括分配时长(Allocation Duration)字段。In some embodiments, the first user information field included in the MU-RTS frame includes an Allocation Duration field.

在一些实施例中,公共信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段。其中,RU分配字段和/或主辅160字段用于指示至少一个子信道,传输参数字段用于指示传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the common information field includes at least one of the following fields: an RU allocation field, a primary/secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field. The RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,传输参数字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:用于指示MCS的字段、用于指示NSS的字段、用于指示期望的RSSI的字段、用于指示是否使用DRU的字段、用于指示是否使用频域复制传输的字段、用于指示是否使用空域复制传输的字段。In some embodiments, the transmission parameter field includes at least one of the following fields: a field for indicating MCS, a field for indicating NSS, a field for indicating expected RSSI, a field for indicating whether DRU is used, a field for indicating whether frequency domain replication transmission is used, and a field for indicating whether spatial domain replication transmission is used.

在一些实施例中,TXOP的分享和至少一个子信道、至少一组参数,均通过同一个第一帧指示。In some embodiments, the sharing of the TXOP, at least one subchannel, and at least one set of parameters are all indicated via the same first frame.

在一些实施例中,TXOP的分享和至少一个子信道、至少一组参数,是分开指示的。也就是说,通过至少两个第一帧指示TXOP的分享和至少一个子信道、至少一组参数。比如,第一站点在第一帧A中指示至少一个子信道、至少一组参数,在第一帧B中指示TXOP的分享。示例性的,第一帧A包括数据帧和/或QoS空帧,第一帧B包括TXOP分享请求帧。In some embodiments, TXOP sharing, at least one subchannel, and at least one set of parameters are indicated separately. That is, TXOP sharing, at least one subchannel, and at least one set of parameters are indicated via at least two first frames. For example, a first station indicates at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in first frame A, and indicates TXOP sharing in first frame B. Exemplarily, first frame A includes a data frame and/or a QoS null frame, and first frame B includes a TXOP sharing request frame.

在一些实施例中,第二站点向第一站点发送TXOP分享响应帧,用于指示自身是否接受第一站点的TXOP分享。In some embodiments, the second station sends a TXOP sharing response frame to the first station to indicate whether the second station accepts the TXOP sharing of the first station.

在一些实施例中,第一帧用于RDG(Reverse Direction Grant,反向传输授权)。也就是说,第一帧支持反向分享TXOP,第一站点可以在反向传输授权时请求或建议第二站点在TXOP中使用至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the first frame is used for a Reverse Direction Grant (RDG). That is, the first frame supports a reverse shared TXOP, where the first station can request or suggest to the second station, in the reverse direction grant, to use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in the TXOP.

在一些实施例中,第一帧包括如下至少一种:第一数据帧、第一管理帧、附加在第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧、附加在第一数据帧之后的第一管理帧。In some embodiments, the first frame includes at least one of the following: a first data frame, a first management frame, a Qos null frame appended to the first data frame, and a first management frame appended to the first data frame.

在一些实施例中,第一数据帧包括A-Control(Aggregation Control,聚合控制)字段。In some embodiments, the first data frame includes an A-Control (Aggregation Control) field.

在一些实施例中,附加在第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧包括A-Control字段。In some embodiments, the Qos Null frame appended to the first data frame includes an A-Control field.

在一些实施例中,聚合控制字段包括控制信息(Control Information)字段,控制信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段。其中,RU分配字段和/或主辅160字段用于指示至少一个子信道,传输参数字段用于指示传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the aggregation control field includes a control information field, which includes at least one of the following fields: an RU allocation field, a primary/secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field. The RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,第一管理帧包括子信道信息元素(Subchannel Info Element),子信道信息元素用于指示至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the first management frame includes a subchannel information element (Subchannel Info Element), which is used to indicate at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,子信道信息元素包括如下字段中的至少之一:元素标识字段、长度字段、元素标识扩展字段、子信道数量字段、子信道字段。其中,子信道字段用于指示至少一个子信道中的一个子信道和传输参数集中的一组参数。In some embodiments, the subchannel information element includes at least one of the following fields: an element identification field, a length field, an element identification extension field, a subchannel number field, and a subchannel field. The subchannel field is used to indicate a subchannel in at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,子信道字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段。其中,RU分配字段和/或主辅160字段用于指示至少一个子信道,传输参数字段用于指示传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the subchannel field includes at least one of the following fields: an RU allocation field, a primary/secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field. The RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,子信道信息元素包括多个子信道字段。可选的,这多个子信道字段的命名为Subchannel 1至Subchannel N,N为大于或等于1的整数。In some embodiments, the subchannel information element includes a plurality of subchannel fields. Optionally, the plurality of subchannel fields are named Subchannel 1 to Subchannel N, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.

在一些实施例中,RDG和至少一个子信道、至少一组参数,均通过同一个第一帧指示。In some embodiments, the RDG, at least one subchannel, and at least one set of parameters are all indicated by the same first frame.

在一些实施例中,RDG和至少一个子信道、至少一组参数,是分开指示的。也就是说,通过至少两个 第一帧指示反向TXOP的分享和至少一个子信道、至少一组参数。比如,第一站点在第一帧A中指示至少一个子信道、至少一组参数,在第一帧B中指示反向TXOP的分享也即指示RDG。示例性的,第一帧A包括数据帧,第一帧B包括第一管理帧和/或QoS空帧。示例性的,第一帧A包括第一管理帧和/或QoS空帧,第一帧B包括数据帧。In some embodiments, the RDG and at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters are separately indicated. The first frame indicates reverse TXOP sharing, at least one subchannel, and at least one parameter set. For example, the first station indicates at least one subchannel and at least one parameter set in first frame A, and indicates reverse TXOP sharing (i.e., RDG) in first frame B. Exemplarily, first frame A includes a data frame, and first frame B includes a first management frame and/or a QoS null frame. Exemplarily, first frame A includes a first management frame and/or a QoS null frame, and first frame B includes a data frame.

反向传输授权,实际上是一种RD发起者给RD响应者分享TXOP的机制。示例性的,RD交换序列(Exchange Sequence)如图12所示:Reverse Transmission Authorization is actually a mechanism for the RD initiator to share TXOP with the RD responder. For example, the RD Exchange Sequence is shown in Figure 12:

a)TXOP拥有者(Holder)或服务周期源(Service Period Source)发送RDG PPDU(即包含RD授权的PPDU),RDG PPDU由包含一个或多个+HTC(+High Throughput Control,附加高吞吐控制)MPDU(Medium Access Control Protocol Data Unit,媒体访问控制协议数据单元)的PPDU表示。其中RDG/More PPDU字段等于1。发送此PPDU的STA称为RD发起方。RD发起方的规则只适用于单个RD交换序列,即从RD发起方将RDG PPDU发送后到整个RD交换序列中最后一个PPDU结束为止。a) The TXOP holder (Holder) or Service Period Source (SPS) sends an RDG PPDU (i.e., a PPDU containing an RD Grant). An RDG PPDU is represented by a PPDU containing one or more +HTC (+High Throughput Control) MPDUs (Medium Access Control Protocol Data Units). The RDG/More PPDU field is equal to 1. The STA that sends this PPDU is called the RD initiator. The rules for the RD initiator apply only to a single RD exchange sequence, from the time the RD initiator sends the RDG PPDU to the end of the last PPDU in the entire RD exchange sequence.

b)RD响应方发送一个或多个PPDU,即RD响应突发(RD Response Burst)。RD响应突发的第一个(或唯一一个)PPDU最多包含一个即时BA(Block ACK,块确认)帧或ACK帧。RD响应突发的最后一个(或唯一一个)PPDU需要立即BA帧响应或ACK帧响应。RD响应方的规则仅在单个RD交换序列中适用,即从RD响应方收到RDG PPDU之后一直到RDG响应方发送RDG/More PPDU字段等于0的PPDU。b) The RD responder sends one or more PPDUs, known as an RD response burst (RD Response Burst). The first (or only) PPDU in an RD response burst contains at most one immediate BA (Block Acknowledgement) or ACK frame. The last (or only) PPDU in an RD response burst requires an immediate BA or ACK frame response. The rules for the RD responder apply only within a single RD exchange sequence, from the moment the RD responder receives an RDG PPDU until the RDG responder sends a PPDU with the RDG/More PPDU field equal to 0.

c)如果RD响应突发的最后一个PPDU有需要,则由RD发起方传输一个包含立即BA帧或ACK帧的PPDU(RD发起方的最终PPDU)。c) If the last PPDU of the RD response burst requires it, the RD initiator transmits a PPDU containing an immediate BA frame or ACK frame (the final PPDU of the RD initiator).

如果RD发起方是HE(High Efficiency,高效)STA,RD响应方是HE AP,则RD响应突发可能包含一个或多个基本触发帧。基本触发帧应在全带宽UL MU-MIMO(Uplink Multi-User Multiple-Input Multiple-Output,上行多用户多进多出)传输中触发RD发起方和至少一个其他STA。If the RD initiator is a HE (High Efficiency) STA and the RD responder is a HE AP, the RD response burst may contain one or more basic trigger frames. The basic trigger frames should trigger the RD initiator and at least one other STA in full-bandwidth UL MU-MIMO (Uplink Multi-User Multiple-Input Multiple-Output) transmission.

(2)第一帧用于请求或建议第二站点在后续传输中使用至少一个子信道和至少一组参数(2) The first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in subsequent transmissions

在一些实施例中,第一帧用于请求或建议第二站点在后续传输中使用至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数。其中,后续传输是指第二站点接收第一帧之后的传输。In some embodiments, the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in subsequent transmissions, wherein the subsequent transmissions are transmissions by the second station after receiving the first frame.

在一些实施例中,至少一个子信道中的不同子信道对应传输参数集中的不同参数。也就是说,第一帧为不同子信道指示传输参数集中不同组的值。In some embodiments, different subchannels in the at least one subchannel correspond to different parameters in the transmission parameter set. That is, the first frame indicates different sets of values in the transmission parameter set for different subchannels.

在一些实施例中,第一帧用于链路自适应控制(Link Adaptation Control)。也就是说,第一站点可以基于链路自适应控制技术请求或建议第二站点在后续传输中使用至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the first frame is used for Link Adaptation Control. That is, the first station may request or suggest to the second station, based on the Link Adaptation Control technique, to use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in subsequent transmissions.

在一些实施例中,第一帧包括如下至少一种:第一数据帧、第一管理帧、附加在第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧、附加在第一数据帧之后的第一管理帧。In some embodiments, the first frame includes at least one of the following: a first data frame, a first management frame, a Qos null frame appended to the first data frame, and a first management frame appended to the first data frame.

在一些实施例中,第一数据帧包括A-Control字段。In some embodiments, the first data frame includes an A-Control field.

在一些实施例中,附加在第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧包括A-Control字段。In some embodiments, the Qos Null frame appended to the first data frame includes an A-Control field.

在一些实施例中,聚合控制字段包括控制信息字段,控制信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段。其中,RU分配字段和/或主辅160字段用于指示至少一个子信道,传输参数字段用于指示传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the aggregation control field includes a control information field, which includes at least one of the following fields: an RU allocation field, a primary/secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field. The RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,第一管理帧包括子信道信息元素,子信道信息元素用于指示至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the first management frame includes a subchannel information element, where the subchannel information element is used to indicate at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,子信道信息元素包括如下字段中的至少之一:元素标识字段、长度字段、元素标识扩展字段、子信道数量字段、子信道字段。其中,子信道字段用于指示至少一个子信道中的一个子信道和传输参数集中的一组参数。In some embodiments, the subchannel information element includes at least one of the following fields: an element identification field, a length field, an element identification extension field, a subchannel number field, and a subchannel field. The subchannel field is used to indicate a subchannel in at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,子信道字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段。其中,RU分配字段和/或主辅160字段用于指示至少一个子信道,传输参数字段用于指示传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the subchannel field includes at least one of the following fields: an RU allocation field, a primary/secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field. The RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate at least one subchannel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,子信道信息元素包括多个子信道字段。可选的,这多个子信道字段的命名为Subchannel 1至Subchannel N,N为大于或等于1的整数。In some embodiments, the subchannel information element includes a plurality of subchannel fields. Optionally, the plurality of subchannel fields are named Subchannel 1 to Subchannel N, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.

在一些实施例中,前文所述的TXOP分享请求帧和/或用于RDG的第一帧,也能够用于请求或建议第二站点在后续传输中使用至少一个子信道和至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the aforementioned TXOP sharing request frame and/or the first frame for RDG can also be used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in subsequent transmissions.

关于链路自适应控制技术,本申请主要介绍两种:HLA(HE Link Adaptation,High Efficiency Link Adaptation,高效链路自适应)控制技术和ELA(EHT Link Adaptation,Extremely High Throughput Link Adaptation,极高吞吐链路自适应)控制技术。HE或EHT站点可以基于请求(Solicited)或非基于请求(Unsolicited)地发送用于后续上行传输或下行传输或点对点传输或M-AP传输的传输参数。 Regarding link adaptation control technologies, this application mainly introduces two types: HLA (HE Link Adaptation, High Efficiency Link Adaptation) control technology and ELA (EHT Link Adaptation, Extremely High Throughput Link Adaptation) control technology. HE or EHT stations can send transmission parameters for subsequent uplink or downlink transmission, point-to-point transmission, or M-AP transmission based on solicited or unsolicited requests.

1)HLA控制1) HLA control

HLA控制字段中的控制信息子字段格式如图13所示,包括如下子字段中的至少之一:非请求MFB(Unsolicited MCS Feedback,非请求MCS反馈)、MRQ(MCS Request,MCS请求)、NSS、HE-MCS、DCM(Dual Carrier Modulation,双载波调制)、RU分配、BW、MSI/Partial PPDU Parameters(MRQ Sequence Identifier/Partial PPDU Parameters,MRQ序列指示/部分PPDU参数)、Tx Beamforming(发射波束赋形)、UL HE TB PPDU MFB、保留。其中,RU分配子字段指示由MFB请求者指定的推荐HE-MCS/RU的RU,以获取反馈。The format of the control information subfield in the HLA control field is shown in Figure 13 and includes at least one of the following subfields: Unsolicited MCS Feedback (MFB), MCS Request (MRQ), NSS, HE-MCS, Dual Carrier Modulation (DCM), RU Allocation, BW, MSI/Partial PPDU Parameters (MRQ Sequence Identifier/Partial PPDU Parameters), Tx Beamforming, UL HE TB PPDU MFB, and Reserved. The RU Allocation subfield indicates the RU that recommends the HE-MCS/RU specified by the MFB requester for feedback.

如果非请求MFB子字段为l,UL HE TBPPDU MFB子字段为0,则RU分配子字段表示建议的HE-MCS适用于发送给STA的PPDU的RU,如26.13(Link adaptation using the HLA Control subfield)中所定义。英文翻译为:If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is l and the UL HE TBPPDU MFB subfield is 0.the RU Allocation subfieldindicates the RU for which the recomended HE-MCSapplies to the PPDU sent to the STA,as defined in26.13(Link adaptation using the HLA Control subfield).If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is 1 and the UL HE TBPPDU MFB subfield is 0, the RU Allocation subfield indicates the RU for which the recommended HE-MCS applies to the PPDU sent to the STA, as defined in 26.13 (Link adaptation using the HLA Control subfield).

如果非请求MFB子字段为0且MRQ子字段为1,则RU子字段表示MFB请求者请求获得反馈的RU。英文翻译为:If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is 0and the MRQ subfieldis 1.the RU subfield indicates the RU requested by theMFB requester to get feedback.If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is 0 and the MRQ subfield is 1, the RU subfield indicates the RU requested by the MFB requester to get feedback.

RU分配子字段与BW子字段一起用于指定RU。英文翻译为:The RU Allocation subfield is interpreted with the BWsubfield to specify the RU.The RU Allocation subfield is interpreted with the BW subfield to specify the RU.

RU索引编码见表9-53。英文翻译为:The RU index encoding is as defined in Table 9-53(B7-B1of the RU Allocation subfield(1lax)).The RU index encoding is as defined in Table 9-53 (B7-B1 of the RU Allocation subfield (1lax)).

如果非调用MFB子字段为l,UL HE TBPPDU MFB子字段为l,则RU分配子字段表示建议的HE-MCS适用于从STA发送的HE TB PPDU的RU,如26.13中所定义,并且接收方可以忽略RU的实际分配。英文翻译为:If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is l and the UL HE TBPPDU MMFB subfield is 1,the RU Allocation subfieldindicates the RU for which the recommended HE-MCSapplies to the HE TB PPDU sent from the STA,as definedin 26.13(ink adaptation using the HLA Control subfield)and that the actual allocation of the RU can be ignored bythe recipient.The RU Allocation subfield indicates the RU for which the recommended HE-MCS applies to the HE TB PPDU sent from the STA, as defined in 26.13 (ink adaptation using the HLA Control subfield), and that the actual allocation of the RU can be ignored by the recipient.

否则,保留RU分配子字段。英文翻译为:Otherwise,this subfield is reserved.Otherwise, this subfield is reserved.

关于26.13(Link adaptation using the HLA Control subfield):Regarding 26.13 (Link adaptation using the HLA Control subfield):

In an unsolicited MFB response the PPDU Formats,Coding Type,and Tx Beamforming subfields are set according to the RXVECTOR parameters of the received PPDU from which the HE-MCS,RU,BW,and NSS are estimated,as follows:In an unsolicited MFB response the PPDU Formats,Coding Type,and Tx Beamforming subfields are set according to the RXVECTOR parameters of the received PPDU from which the HE-MCS,RU,BW,and NSS are estimated,as follows:

—The PPDU format subfield is set and encoded as follows:—The PPDU format subfield is set and encoded as follows:

—0 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to HE_SU.—0 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to HE_SU.

—1 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to HE_MU.—1 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to HE_MU.

—2 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to HE_ER_SU.—2 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to HE_ER_SU.

—3 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to HE_TB.—3 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to HE_TB.

—The Coding Type subfield is set to 0if the parameter FEC_CODING is equal to BCC_CODING and set to 1 if that parameter is equal to LDPC_CODING.—The Coding Type subfield is set to 0if the parameter FEC_CODING is equal to BCC_CODING and set to 1 if that parameter is equal to LDPC_CODING.

—The Tx Beamforming subfield is set to 1if the parameter BEAMFORMED is equal to 1and set to 0if that parameter is equal to 0.—The Tx Beamforming subfield is set to 1if the parameter BEAMFORMED is equal to 1and set to 0if that parameter is equal to 0.

—The BW subfield shall indicate a bandwidth less than or equal to the bandwidth indicated by the parameter CH_BANDWIDTH.—The BW subfield shall indicate a bandwidth less than or equal to the bandwidth indicated by the parameter CH_BANDWIDTH.

—The RU subfield indicates the RU at which the recommended HE-MCS is applied.The recommended RU shall be within an RU or a bandwidth in which the received HE PPDU is located.限制RU必须在之前所接收的PPDU占据的频域范围内。—The RU subfield indicates the RU at which the recommended HE-MCS is applied.The recommended RU shall be within an RU or a bandwidth in which the received HE PPDU is located.

A non-AP HE STA may set the UL HE TB PPDU MFB to 1in the HLA Control field it transmits to the AP to indicate that the NSS,HE-MCS,DCM,BW,and RU Allocation in the HLA Control field represent the recommended MFB for the HE TB PPDU sent from the non-AP HE STA.The AP should not exceed the recommended RU size indicated in the most recently received RU Allocation field of the HLA Control field when it sends a triggering frame addressed to the STA.A non-AP HE STA may set the UL HE TB PPDU MFB to 1in the HLA Control field it transmits to the AP to indicate t hat the NSS,HE-MCS,DCM,BW,and RU Allocation in the HLA Control field represent the recommended MFB for the HE T B PPDU sent from the non-AP HE STA.The AP should not exceed the recommended RU size indicated in the most recently received RU Allocation field of the HLA Control field when it sends a triggering frame addressed to the STA.

2)ELA控制2) ELA control

ELA控制字段中的控制信息子字段格式如图14所示,包括如下子字段中的至少之一:非请求MFB(Unsolicited MFB)、MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB、NSS、EHT-MCS、RU分配、PS160、BW、MSI/Partial PPDU Parameters、Tx Beamforming、HLA/ELA。其中,MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB子字段包括ELA反馈请求指示(ELA Feedback Request Indicator)/UL EHT TBPPDU MFB指示(UL EHT TBPPDU MFB  Indication)。The format of the control information subfield in the ELA control field is shown in FIG14 , and includes at least one of the following subfields: Unsolicited MFB, MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB, NSS, EHT-MCS, RU Allocation, PS160, BW, MSI/Partial PPDU Parameters, Tx Beamforming, and HLA/ELA. The MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB subfield includes the ELA Feedback Request Indicator/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB Indicator. Indication).

MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB子字段设置为1时,若非请求MFB子字段设置为0,表示对ELA反馈的请求。英文翻译为:Set to 1with the Unsolicited MFB subfield set to 0to indicate arequest for an ELA feedback.The MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB subfield is set to 1 with the Unsolicited MFB subfield set to 0 to indicate a request for an ELA feedback.

MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB子字段设置为0时,若非请求MFB子字段设置为0,表示对ELA请求的响应。英文翻译为:Set to 0with the Unsolicited MFB subfield set to 0to indicate aresponse to an ELA request.The MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB subfield is set to 0 with the Unsolicited MFB subfield set to 0 to indicate a response to an ELA request.

如果非请求MFB子字段设置为1,则MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB子字段中的取值l表示NSS、EHT-MCS、BW、PS160和RU分配子字段代表发出此建议的STA为后续EHT TB PPDU发送的建议MFB,如35.19中所定义。英文翻译为:If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is equal to l,a value of l inthis subfield indicates that the NSS.EHT-MCS,BW PS160.and RU Allocation subfields represent the recomended MFBfor subsequent EHT TB PPDU(s)sent by the STA that is issu-ing this recommendation as defined in 35.19(EHT link adapta-tion using ELA Control subfield).If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is set to 1, the value 1 in the MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB subfield indicates that the NSS, EHT-MCS, BW, PS160, and RU Allocation subfields represent the suggested MFB sent by the STA issuing this suggestion for the subsequent EHT TB PPDU, as defined in 35.19. The English translation is: If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is equal to l,a value of l inthis subfield indicates that the NSS.EHT-MCS,BW PS160.and RU Allocation subfields represent the r ecomended MFB for subsequent EHT TB PPDU(s)sent by the STA that is issu-ing this recommendation as defined in 35.19(EHT link adapter using ELA Control subfield).

如果非请求MFB子字段设置为1,且MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB子字段设置为0,则表示NSS、EHT-MCS、PS160、RU分配和BW子字段代表向发出本建议的STA发送的后续EHT MU PPDU的建议值。英文翻译为:If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is 1and MRQ/UL EHT TBPPDU MFB is equal to 0,then the NSS,EHT-MCS,PS160,RUAllocation,and BW subfields represent the recomnended val-ues for subsequent EHT MU PPDU(s)sent to the STA that isissuing this recomendation.If the Unsolicited MFB subfield is 1and MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB is equal to 0,then the NSS, EHT-MCS, PS160, RUAllocation, and BW subfields represent the recommended values for subsequent EHT MU PPDU(s) sent to the STA that isissuing this recommendation.

关于35.19(EHT link adaptation using ELA Control subfield):Regarding 35.19 (EHT link adaptation using ELA Control subfield):

In an unsolicited MFB response,the PPDU Formats,Coding Type,and Tx Beamforming subfields are set according to the RXVECTOR parameters of the received PPDU from which the EHT-MCS,RU or MRU,bandwidth,and NSS are estimated,as follows:In an unsolicited MFB response,the PPDU Formats,Coding Type,and Tx Beamforming subfields are set according to the R XVECTOR parameters of the received PPDU from which the EHT-MCS,RU or MRU,bandwidth,and NSS are estimated,as follows:

—The PPDU format subfield is set and encoded as follows:—The PPDU format subfield is set and encoded as follows:

·0 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to EHT_MU.·0 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to EHT_MU.

·1 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to EHT_TB.·1 if the parameter FORMAT is equal to EHT_TB.

—The Coding Type subfield is set to 0if the parameter FEC_CODING is equal to BCC_CODING and set to1if that parameter is equal to LDPC_CODING.—The Coding Type subfield is set to 0if the parameter FEC_CODING is equal to BCC_CODING and set to1if that parameter is equal to LDPC_CODING.

—The Tx Beamforming subfield is set to 1if the parameter BEAMFORMED is equal to 1and set to 0if that parameter is equal to 0.—The Tx Beamforming subfield is set to 1if the parameter BEAMFORMED is equal to 1and set to 0if that parameter is equal to 0.

—The BW subfield shall indicate a bandwidth less than or equal to the bandwidth indicated by the parameter CH_BANDWIDTH.—The BW subfield shall indicate a bandwidth less than or equal to the bandwidth indicated by the parameter CH_BANDWIDTH.

—The RU or MRU subfield and the PS160 subfield jointly indicate the RU or MRU at which the recommended EHT-MCS is applied.The recommended RU or MRU shall be within an RU or MRU or abandwidth in which the received EHT PPDU is located.限制RU或MRU必须在之前所接收的PPDU占据的频域范围内。—The RU or MRU subfield and the PS160 subfield jointly indicate the RU or MRU at which the recommended EHT-MCS is applied. The recommended RU or MRU shall be within an RU or MRU or abandwidth in which the received EHT-PPDU is located.

A non-AP EHT STA may set the Unsolicited MFB subfield to 1and the MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB to 1in the ELA Control field it transmits to the AP to indicate that the NSS,EHT-MCS,bandwidth,and RU allocation in the ELA Control field represent the recommended MFB for subsequent EHT TB PPDU(s)sent by the STA that is issuing this recommendation.The AP should not exceed the recommended RU or MRU size indicated in the most recently received RU Allocation and PS160 subfield of the ELA Control field when it sends a triggering frame addressed to the STA.A non-AP EHT STA may set the Unsolicited MFB subfield to 1and the MRQ/UL EHT TB PPDU MFB to 1in the ELA Control field it transmits to th e AP to indicate that the NSS,EHT-MCS,bandwidth,and RU allocation in the ELA Control field represent the recommended MFB for subsequent E HT TB PPDU(s)sent by the STA that is issuing this recommendation.The AP should not exceed the recommended RU or MRU size indicated in th e most recently received RU Allocation and PS160 subfield of the ELA Control field when it sends a triggering frame addressed to the STA.

综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,支持由第一站点通过第一帧指示请求或建议第二站点使用的子信道、传输参数集,且给出了帧格式设计和传输参数设计,提供了具体可行的灵活调整传输参数的方法。并且,第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集,可以适用于本次TXOP,也可以适用于后续传输,进一步提高了传输参数的调整灵活性。另外,第一帧的发送适用于多种不同的通信场景,可以应用于如TXOP分享场景、RDG场景、HLA控制场景、ELA控制场景等中,本申请实施例提供的方法具备较好的灵活性、适用性和实用性,有助于提高传输参数的调整成功率和可行性。由于第一帧指示的传输参数是其请求或建议的,因而更符合第一站点自身的期望和能力,调整的传输参数更加准确和可靠,有助于保障系统内通信效率。In summary, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application supports the first site to request or suggest the subchannel and transmission parameter set used by the second site through the first frame indication, and provides a frame format design and transmission parameter design, providing a specific and feasible method for flexibly adjusting the transmission parameters. Moreover, the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame can be applicable to this TXOP and to subsequent transmissions, further improving the flexibility of adjusting the transmission parameters. In addition, the sending of the first frame is applicable to a variety of different communication scenarios, such as TXOP sharing scenarios, RDG scenarios, HLA control scenarios, ELA control scenarios, etc. The method provided by the embodiment of the present application has good flexibility, applicability and practicality, which helps to improve the success rate and feasibility of adjusting the transmission parameters. Since the transmission parameters indicated by the first frame are its request or suggestion, they are more in line with the expectations and capabilities of the first site itself, and the adjusted transmission parameters are more accurate and reliable, which helps to ensure the communication efficiency within the system.

图15示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图。该方法由第二站点执行。该方法包括如下步骤中的至少部分步骤:FIG15 is a flow chart showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is performed by the second station. The method includes at least some of the following steps:

步骤520:接收第一帧,第一帧包括请求或建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集。Step 520: Receive a first frame, where the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requested or suggested for use by a second station in at least one sub-channel.

其中,至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于第二站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于第二站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。也就是说,第一帧请求或建议的子信道,可以位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之内或之外,也可以位于第二站点的工作信道带宽之内或之外。The at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the first station; a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the first station; a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the second station; and a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the second station. In other words, the subchannel requested or suggested in the first frame can be within or outside the working channel bandwidth of the first station, or within or outside the working channel bandwidth of the second station.

第一帧包括请求第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,可以理解为,第一帧请求第二站点使 用该传输参数集在至少一个子信道传输。第二站点基于第一帧进行的传输可以是DL传输或UL传输,也即,第二站点可以基于第一帧接收或发送。若第一帧包括请求第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,且第二站点接受了第一帧的分享,则必须使用第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集来进行传输。The first frame includes a transmission parameter set requested to be used by the second station in at least one sub-channel. It can be understood that the first frame requests the second station to use The second station transmits on at least one subchannel using the transmission parameter set. The transmission performed by the second station based on the first frame can be a DL transmission or an UL transmission, that is, the second station can receive or send based on the first frame. If the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that the second station is requested to use on at least one subchannel, and the second station accepts the sharing of the first frame, it must use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated in the first frame for transmission.

第一帧包括建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,可以理解为,第一帧建议第二站点使用该传输参数集在至少一个子信道传输。第二站点基于第一帧进行的传输可以是DL传输或UL传输,也即,第二站点可以基于第一帧接收或发送。若第一帧包括建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,且第二站点接受了第一帧的分享,则第二站点可以使用第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集来进行传输,也可以不使用第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集来进行传输。对于第二站点来说,第一帧建议的子信道和传输参数集并不是必须使用的。The first frame includes a transmission parameter set recommended for use by the second station on at least one subchannel. It can be understood that the first frame recommends that the second station use the transmission parameter set for transmission on at least one subchannel. The transmission performed by the second station based on the first frame can be a DL transmission or a UL transmission, that is, the second station can receive or send based on the first frame. If the first frame includes a transmission parameter set recommended for use by the second station on at least one subchannel, and the second station accepts the sharing of the first frame, the second station may use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission, or may not use the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission. For the second station, the subchannel and transmission parameter set recommended by the first frame are not mandatory.

可选的,“建议”还可以扩展为“期望”。比如,第一帧包括期望第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,此时,对于第二站点来说,第一帧建议的子信道和传输参数集也不是必须使用的。若第一帧包括建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集,且第二站点接受了第一帧的分享,则第二站点可以使用第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集来进行传输,也可以不使用第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集来进行传输。Optionally, "recommendation" can be expanded to "expectation". For example, the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that the second station is expected to use on at least one sub-channel. In this case, the second station is not required to use the sub-channel and transmission parameter set recommended by the first frame. If the first frame includes a transmission parameter set that the second station is recommended to use on at least one sub-channel, and the second station accepts the sharing of the first frame, the second station may use the sub-channel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission, or may not use the sub-channel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame for transmission.

本申请实施例中的第一站点,可以包括如图1所示的终端设备,或网络设备,或AP 110,或non-AP STA 120。本申请实施例中的第二站点,可以包括如图1所示的终端设备,或网络设备,或AP 110,或non-AP STA 120。The first station in the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device, a network device, an AP 110, or a non-AP STA 120 as shown in FIG1 . The second station in the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device, a network device, an AP 110, or a non-AP STA 120 as shown in FIG1 .

综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,由第一站点发送请求或建议第二站点使用的子信道、传输参数集,而不是等待第二站点的调度来调整参数。因此,对于第一站点来说,本申请实施例提供的方法更具灵活性。在干扰水平发生变化时,第一站点能够及时地自主发送第一帧来请求或建议第二站点调整参数,第二站点能够更加及时地调整传输参数。由于第一帧指示的传输参数是其请求或建议的,因而更符合第一站点自身的期望和能力,调整的参数更加准确和可靠,有助于保障系统内通信效率。In summary, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is that the first site sends a request or suggests a subchannel and a transmission parameter set for use by the second site, rather than waiting for the second site's scheduling to adjust the parameters. Therefore, for the first site, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is more flexible. When the interference level changes, the first site can autonomously send a first frame in a timely manner to request or suggest that the second site adjust the parameters, and the second site can adjust the transmission parameters more promptly. Since the transmission parameters indicated by the first frame are its request or suggestion, it is more in line with the expectations and capabilities of the first site itself, and the adjusted parameters are more accurate and reliable, which helps to ensure the communication efficiency within the system.

在一些实施例中,步骤520还可以实现为步骤620,参考图16。In some embodiments, step 520 may also be implemented as step 620 , see FIG. 16 .

图16示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图。该方法由第二站点执行。该方法包括如下步骤中的至少部分步骤:FIG16 is a flow chart showing a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The method is performed by the second station. The method includes at least some of the following steps:

步骤620:接收第一帧,第一帧用于请求或建议第二站点在TXOP和/或后续传输中使用至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数。Step 620: Receive a first frame, where the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in a TXOP and/or subsequent transmissions.

关于子信道、传输参数集、站点的类型、“请求”和“建议”、“TXOP”和“后续传输”的相关内容,请参考步骤420,此处不再赘述。For details about the sub-channel, transmission parameter set, site type, "request" and "suggestion", "TXOP" and "subsequent transmission", please refer to step 420, which will not be described in detail here.

综上所述,本申请实施例提供的方法,支持由第一站点通过第一帧指示请求或建议第二站点使用的子信道、传输参数集,且给出了帧格式设计和传输参数设计,提供了具体可行的及时、灵活地调整传输参数的方法。并且,第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集,可以适用于本次TXOP,也可以适用于后续传输,进一步提高了传输参数的调整灵活性。另外,第一帧的发送适用于多种不同的通信场景,可以应用于如TXOP分享场景、RDG场景、HLA控制场景、ELA控制场景等中,本申请实施例提供的方法具备较好的灵活性、适用性和实用性,有助于提高传输参数的调整成功率和可行性。由于第一帧指示的传输参数是其请求或建议的,因而更符合第一站点自身的期望和能力,调整的传输参数更加准确和可靠,有助于保障系统内通信效率。In summary, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application supports the first site to request or suggest the subchannel and transmission parameter set used by the second site through the first frame indication, and provides a frame format design and transmission parameter design, providing a specific and feasible method for timely and flexible adjustment of transmission parameters. Moreover, the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame can be applicable to this TXOP and to subsequent transmissions, further improving the flexibility of adjusting the transmission parameters. In addition, the sending of the first frame is applicable to a variety of different communication scenarios, such as TXOP sharing scenarios, RDG scenarios, HLA control scenarios, ELA control scenarios, etc. The method provided by the embodiment of the present application has good flexibility, applicability and practicality, which helps to improve the success rate and feasibility of adjusting the transmission parameters. Since the transmission parameters indicated by the first frame are requested or suggested by it, they are more in line with the expectations and capabilities of the first site itself, and the adjusted transmission parameters are more accurate and reliable, which helps to ensure the communication efficiency within the system.

图17示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图,以第一帧包括TXOP分享请求帧,第一站点包括STA1,第二站点包括AP为例。FIG17 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the case where the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request frame, the first station includes STA1, and the second station includes AP as an example.

由于STA1在主40MHz子信道(记为P40)上受到较强的干扰,STA1在TXOP分享请求帧中请求或建议AP在该TXOP中使用辅40MHz子信道(记为S40)和对应的传输参数集的一组值来进行下行传输。Since STA1 is subject to strong interference on the primary 40 MHz subchannel (denoted as P40), STA1 requests or suggests to the AP in the TXOP sharing request frame to use the secondary 40 MHz subchannel (denoted as S40) and a set of corresponding transmission parameter set values for downlink transmission in this TXOP.

示例性的,TXOP分享请求帧比如包括如下至少之一:RTS帧、MU-RTS帧、QoS Null帧、第一控制帧。示例性的,传输参数集的一组值比如包括:BW为40MHz、调制编码阶数为MCS3、NSS为1、期望的RSSI为-60dBm(分贝毫瓦)、使用DRU、使用频域复制传输。Exemplarily, the TXOP sharing request frame includes at least one of the following: an RTS frame, an MU-RTS frame, a QoS Null frame, and a first control frame. Exemplarily, the transmission parameter set includes: a bandwidth of 40 MHz, a modulation and coding order of MCS3, an NSS of 1, an expected RSSI of -60 dBm (decibel milliwatts), using a DRU, and using frequency domain replication transmission.

可选的,AP还可以向STA1反送TXOP分享响应帧,用于指示自身是否接受STA1的TXOP分享。Optionally, the AP may also send a TXOP sharing response frame back to STA1 to indicate whether the AP accepts STA1's TXOP sharing.

AP接受STA1分享的TXOP后,仅在所指示的S40子信道使用所指示的传输参数值来与STA1进行下行传输。在AP的调度下,STA1还可以向AP回复ACK帧。After the AP accepts the TXOP shared by STA1, it performs downlink transmission with STA1 only on the indicated S40 subchannel using the indicated transmission parameter value. Under the AP's scheduling, STA1 can also reply with an ACK frame to the AP.

在一些实施例中,TXOP和子信道、传输参数集可以分开指示。示例性的,STA1在前序的上行数据帧和/或前序的QoS Null帧中指示子信道和传输参数集的值,在TXOP分享请求帧中仅指示共享TXOP。但此方式可能负载较高,因为每个数据帧或QoS Null帧的A-Control字段长度有限,只够携带一组参数值,要指示多组参数值则需要附加多个数据帧或QoS Null帧,易引起较高的传输资源消耗。In some embodiments, the TXOP, subchannel, and transmission parameter set can be indicated separately. For example, STA1 indicates the subchannel and transmission parameter set values in a preceding uplink data frame and/or a preceding QoS Null frame, and only indicates the shared TXOP in a TXOP sharing request frame. However, this approach may incur a high load because the A-Control field in each data frame or QoS Null frame is limited in length and can only carry one set of parameter values. To indicate multiple sets of parameter values, multiple data frames or QoS Null frames must be appended, which can lead to high transmission resource consumption.

图18示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图,以第一帧包括TXOP分享请求 帧,第一站点包括STA1,第二站点包括AP为例。FIG18 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, wherein the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request. For example, the first station includes STA1 and the second station includes AP.

与图17的不同之处在于,在图18所示的STA1分享的TXOP中,AP可以在使用S40子信道与STA1进行下行传输的同时,还使用P40子信道与STA2进行下行传输。根据AP的调度,STA1和STA2分别在S40子信道和P40子信道向AP回复ACK帧。The difference from Figure 17 is that in the TXOP shared by STA1 shown in Figure 18, the AP can use the S40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA1 and the P40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA2. Based on the AP's scheduling, STA1 and STA2 reply to the AP with ACK frames on the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel, respectively.

图19示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图,以第一帧包括TXOP分享请求帧,第一站点包括STA1,第二站点包括AP为例。FIG19 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the case where the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request frame, the first station includes STA1, and the second station includes AP as an example.

与图17的不同之处在于,STA1同时指示了S40子信道和P40子信道,以及S40子信道和P40子信道分别对应的传输参数集的值。The difference from FIG. 17 is that STA1 indicates both the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel, as well as the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel respectively.

S40子信道和P40子信道对应的传输参数可能是相同的,也可能是不完全相同的。以不同子信道对应传输参数集中的不同值为例,STA1可以同时指示多个子信道,以及多个子信道分别对应的传输参数集的值。那么,AP可以使用STA1指示的全部子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值,也可以仅使用STA1指示的部分子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值。比如,AP仅使用S40子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值,或仅使用P40子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值。The transmission parameters corresponding to the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel may be the same or different. Taking the different values in the transmission parameter set corresponding to different subchannels as an example, STA1 can simultaneously indicate multiple subchannels and the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the multiple subchannels. Then, the AP can use the values of all subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1, or only use the values of some subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1. For example, the AP only uses the values of the S40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set, or only uses the values of the P40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set.

图20示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图,以第一帧用于RDG,第一站点包括STA1,第二站点包括AP为例。FIG20 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame for RDG, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.

由于STA1在P40子信道上受到较强的干扰,STA1通过第一帧指示RDG和反向传输时长,以及请求或建议AP使用S40子信道和对应的传输参数集的一组值来进行下行传输。STA1通过第一帧指示RDG和反向传输时长,也即,STA1向AP反向分享TXOP。Because STA1 experiences strong interference on the P40 subchannel, it uses the first frame to indicate the RDG and reverse transmission duration, and requests or suggests that the AP use the S40 subchannel and the corresponding transmission parameter set for downlink transmission. This indicates that STA1 shares the TXOP with the AP in the reverse direction.

示例性的,第一帧比如包括如下至少之一:数据帧、在数据帧后附加的一个或多个QoS空帧、在数据帧后附加的第一管理帧。图20以第一帧包括上行的数据帧为例。Exemplarily, the first frame includes at least one of the following: a data frame, one or more QoS null frames appended after the data frame, and a first management frame appended after the data frame. FIG20 takes the example of the first frame including an uplink data frame.

示例性的,传输参数集的一组值比如包括:BW为40MHz、调制编码阶数为MCS2、NSS为1、期望的RSSI为-60dBm、使用DRU、使用频域复制传输。Exemplarily, a set of values of the transmission parameter set includes, for example: BW is 40 MHz, modulation and coding order is MCS2, NSS is 1, expected RSSI is -60 dBm, DRU is used, and frequency domain replication is used for transmission.

AP在第一帧所指示的S40子信道使用所指示的传输参数值来与STA1进行下行传输。在AP的调度下,STA1还可以向AP回复ACK帧。The AP uses the indicated transmission parameter value in the S40 subchannel indicated in the first frame to perform downlink transmission with STA1. Under the scheduling of the AP, STA1 can also reply an ACK frame to the AP.

在一些实施例中,RDG和子信道、传输参数集可以分开指示。示例性的,STA1在前序的上行数据帧指示RDG,在上行数据帧后附加的QoS Null帧或第一管理帧中指示子信道和传输参数集的值。示例性的,STA1在前序的上行数据帧指示子信道和传输参数集的值,在上行数据帧后附加的QoS Null帧或第一管理帧中指示RDG。In some embodiments, the RDG and subchannel/transmission parameter set can be indicated separately. For example, STA1 indicates the RDG in a preceding uplink data frame and indicates the subchannel and transmission parameter set values in a QoS Null frame or the first management frame appended to the uplink data frame. For example, STA1 indicates the subchannel and transmission parameter set values in a preceding uplink data frame and indicates the RDG in a QoS Null frame or the first management frame appended to the uplink data frame.

图21示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图,以第一帧用于RDG,第一站点包括STA1,第二站点包括AP为例。FIG21 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame used for RDG, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.

与图20的不同之处在于,图21所示的AP可以在使用S40子信道与STA1进行下行传输的同时,还使用P40子信道与STA2进行下行传输。根据AP的调度,STA1和STA2分别在S40子信道和P40子信道向AP回复ACK帧。The difference from Figure 20 is that the AP shown in Figure 21 can use the S40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA1 and the P40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA2. Based on the AP's scheduling, STA1 and STA2 reply with ACK frames to the AP on the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel, respectively.

图22示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图,以第一帧用于RDG,第一站点包括STA1,第二站点包括AP为例。FIG22 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame used for RDG, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.

与图20的不同之处在于,图22所示的STA1同时指示了S40子信道和P40子信道,以及S40子信道和P40子信道分别对应的传输参数集的值。The difference from FIG. 20 is that STA1 shown in FIG. 22 indicates both the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel, as well as the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel respectively.

S40子信道和P40子信道对应的传输参数可能是相同的,也可能是不完全相同的。以不同子信道对应传输参数集中的不同值为例,STA1可以同时指示多个子信道,以及多个子信道分别对应的传输参数集的值。那么,AP可以使用STA1指示的全部子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值,也可以仅使用STA1指示的部分子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值。比如,AP仅使用S40子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值,或仅使用P40子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值。The transmission parameters corresponding to the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel may be the same or different. Taking the different values in the transmission parameter set corresponding to different subchannels as an example, STA1 can simultaneously indicate multiple subchannels and the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the multiple subchannels. Then, the AP can use the values of all subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1, or only use the values of some subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1. For example, the AP only uses the values of the S40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set, or only uses the values of the P40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set.

图23示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图,以第一帧用于链路自适应,第一站点包括STA1,第二站点包括AP为例。FIG23 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame used for link adaptation, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.

由于STA1在P40子信道上受到较强的干扰,STA1基于链路自适应技术,通过第一帧请求或建议AP在后续传输中使用S40子信道和对应的传输参数集的一组值来进行下行传输。Since STA1 is subject to strong interference on the P40 subchannel, STA1, based on the link adaptation technology, requests or suggests to the AP through the first frame to use the S40 subchannel and a set of values of the corresponding transmission parameter set for downlink transmission in subsequent transmissions.

示例性的,第一帧比如包括如下至少之一:数据帧、在数据帧后附加的一个或多个QoS空帧、在数据帧后附加的第一管理帧、单独发送的第一管理帧。图23以第一帧包括上行的数据帧为例。Exemplarily, the first frame includes at least one of the following: a data frame, one or more QoS null frames appended after the data frame, a first management frame appended after the data frame, or a first management frame sent separately. FIG23 takes the example of the first frame including an uplink data frame.

示例性的,传输参数集的一组值比如包括:BW为40MHz、调制编码阶数为MCS4、NSS为1、期望的RSSI为-60dBm、使用DRU、使用频域复制传输。Exemplarily, a set of values of the transmission parameter set includes, for example: BW is 40 MHz, modulation and coding order is MCS4, NSS is 1, expected RSSI is -60 dBm, DRU is used, and frequency domain replication is used for transmission.

AP在第一帧所指示的S40子信道使用所指示的传输参数值来与STA1进行下行传输。在AP的调度下,STA1还可以向AP回复ACK帧。 The AP uses the indicated transmission parameter value in the S40 subchannel indicated in the first frame to perform downlink transmission with STA1. Under the scheduling of the AP, STA1 can also reply an ACK frame to the AP.

图24示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图,以第一帧用于链路自适应,第一站点包括STA1,第二站点包括AP为例。FIG24 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame used for link adaptation, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.

与图23的不同之处在于,图24所示的AP可以在使用S40子信道与STA1进行下行传输的同时,还使用P40子信道与STA2进行下行传输。根据AP的调度,STA1和STA2分别在S40子信道和P40子信道向AP回复ACK帧。The difference from Figure 23 is that the AP shown in Figure 24 can use the S40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA1 and the P40 subchannel for downlink transmission with STA2. Based on the AP's scheduling, STA1 and STA2 reply with ACK frames to the AP on the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel, respectively.

图25示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图,以第一帧用于链路自适应,第一站点包括STA1,第二站点包括AP为例。FIG25 shows a flow chart of a communication method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame used for link adaptation, the first station including STA1, and the second station including AP as an example.

与图23的不同之处在于,图25所示的STA1同时指示了S40子信道和P40子信道,以及S40子信道和P40子信道分别对应的传输参数集的值。The difference from FIG. 23 is that STA1 shown in FIG. 25 indicates both the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel, as well as the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the S40 sub-channel and the P40 sub-channel respectively.

S40子信道和P40子信道对应的传输参数可能是相同的,也可能是不完全相同的。以不同子信道对应传输参数集中的不同值为例,STA1可以同时指示多个子信道,以及多个子信道分别对应的传输参数集的值。那么,AP可以使用STA1指示的全部子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值,也可以仅使用STA1指示的部分子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值。比如,AP仅使用S40子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值,或仅使用P40子信道及其对应的传输参数集的值。The transmission parameters corresponding to the S40 subchannel and the P40 subchannel may be the same or different. Taking the different values in the transmission parameter set corresponding to different subchannels as an example, STA1 can simultaneously indicate multiple subchannels and the values of the transmission parameter sets corresponding to the multiple subchannels. Then, the AP can use the values of all subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1, or only use the values of some subchannels and their corresponding transmission parameter sets indicated by STA1. For example, the AP only uses the values of the S40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set, or only uses the values of the P40 subchannel and its corresponding transmission parameter set.

图17至图25所示的实施例,均以第一站点包括STA1、第二站点包括AP为例,实际上,第一站点可以是AP或non-AP STA,第二站点也可以是AP或non-AP STA,并不局限于图17至图25所示的上下行通信场景。The embodiments shown in Figures 17 to 25 all take the example of the first station including STA1 and the second station including AP. In fact, the first station can be an AP or a non-AP STA, and the second station can also be an AP or a non-AP STA, and are not limited to the uplink and downlink communication scenarios shown in Figures 17 to 25.

另外需要说明的是,本申请中,上行传输指non-AP STA到AP的传输,也即non-AP STA为发送方,AP为接收方。下行传输指AP到non-AP STA的传输,也即AP为发送方,non-AP STA为接收方。一个non-AP STA到另一个non-AP STA的传输,可以称为点对点传输。一个AP到另一个AP的传输,可以称为M-AP传输。It should be noted that in this application, uplink transmission refers to transmission from a non-AP STA to an AP, with the non-AP STA being the sender and the AP being the receiver. Downlink transmission refers to transmission from an AP to a non-AP STA, with the AP being the sender and the non-AP STA being the receiver. Transmission from one non-AP STA to another non-AP STA is referred to as point-to-point transmission. Transmission from one AP to another is referred to as M-AP transmission.

进一步地,本申请还示例性地给出了几种更为具体的第一帧的帧格式设计。Furthermore, the present application also exemplarily provides several more specific frame format designs of the first frame.

图26以第一帧包括MU-RTS TXS触发帧为例,示出了本申请实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图。各个字段下方的数字表示其可能占用的字节数或比特数。MU-RTS TXS触发帧包括如下字段中的至少之一:帧控制(Frame Control)字段、时长(Duration)字段、RA(Receiver Address,接收方地址)字段、TA(Transmitter Address,发送方地址)字段、公共信息字段、用户信息列表(User Info List)字段、填充(Padding)字段、FCS(Frame Check Sequence,帧校验序列)字段。其中,用户信息列表字段包括:特殊用户信息(Special User Info)字段,一个或多个用户信息(User Info)字段。FIG26 shows a schematic diagram of the frame format of the first frame provided by an embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame including the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame as an example. The number below each field indicates the number of bytes or bits it may occupy. The MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes at least one of the following fields: a Frame Control field, a Duration field, a Receiver Address (RA) field, a Transmitter Address (TA) field, a Public Information field, a User Info List (User Info List) field, a Padding field, and an FCS (Frame Check Sequence) field. The User Info List field includes a Special User Info field and one or more User Info fields.

公共信息字段可以是EHT变体公共信息(EHT Variant Common Info)字段,或UHR变体公共信息(UHR Variant Common Info)字段。The common information field can be an EHT variant common information (EHT Variant Common Info) field or a UHR variant common information (UHR Variant Common Info) field.

以公共信息字段是EHT变体公共信息字段为例,公共信息字段包括如下子字段中的至少之一:触发帧子类型(Trigger Type)、上行长度(UL Length)、是否有更多触发帧(More TF)、是否需要信道检测(CS Required)、UL BW、GI和HE-LTF类型/触发的传输机会共享模式(GI And HE-LTF Type/Triggered TXOP Sharing Mode)、保留、HE-LTF或EHT-LTF符号数(Number Of HE/EHT-LTF Symbols)、LDPC额外符号分段(LDPC Extra Symbol Segment)、AP发送功率(AP Tx Power)、Pre-FEC填充因子(Pre-FEC Padding Factor)、PE消歧(PE Disambiguity)、上行空间复用(UL Spatial Reuse)、HE或EHT主160(HE/EHT P160)、特殊用户信息字段标识(Special User Info Field Flag)、EHT保留。Taking the public information field being an EHT variant public information field as an example, the public information field includes at least one of the following subfields: trigger frame subtype (Trigger Type), uplink length (UL Length), whether there are more trigger frames (More TF), whether channel detection is required (CS Required), UL BW, GI and HE-LTF type/Triggered TXOP Sharing Mode (GI And HE-LTF Type/Triggered TXOP Sharing Mode), reserved, number of HE-LTF or EHT-LTF symbols (Number Of HE /EHT-LTF Symbols), LDPC Extra Symbol Segment, AP Tx Power, Pre-FEC Padding Factor, PE Disambiguity, UL Spatial Reuse, HE or EHT P160, Special User Info Field Flag, EHT reserved.

·GI和HE-LTF类型/触发的传输机会共享模式字段的取值不同时,表示的含义也不同。示例性的:The values of the GI and HE-LTF type/triggered transmission opportunity sharing mode fields are different, and the meanings are also different. For example:

(1)当第一站点包括AP时(1) When the first station includes an AP

GI和HE-LTF类型/触发的传输机会共享模式字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时,指示不发起TXOP共享流程(MU-RTS that does not initiate TXS procedure)。取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时,指示发起TXOP共享流程并且被调度的站点只能发送给该站点所关联的接入点(MU-RTS that initiates TXS procedure wherein a scheduled STA can only transmit MPDU(s)addressed to its associated AP)。取值为第三取值(比如2或其他数值)时,指示发起TXOP共享流程并且被调度的站点可以发送给该站点所关联的接入点或其他站点(MU-RTS that initiates TXS procedure wherein a scheduled STA can transmit MPDU(s)addressed to its associated AP or addressed to another STA)。第四取值(比如3或其他数值)为保留值。When the value of the GI and HE-LTF Type/Triggered Transmission Opportunity Sharing Mode field is a first value (such as 0 or other values), it indicates that the TXOP sharing procedure (MU-RTS that does not initiate TXS procedure) is not initiated. When the value is a second value (such as 1 or other values), it indicates that the TXOP sharing procedure is initiated and the scheduled STA can only transmit MPDU(s) addressed to its associated AP (MU-RTS that initiates TXS procedure where a scheduled STA can only transmit MPDU(s) addressed to its associated AP). The third value (e.g., 2 or other values) indicates that a MU-RTS that initiates a TXS procedure where a scheduled STA can transmit MPDU(s) addressed to its associated AP or addressed to another STA initiates a TXOP sharing procedure. The fourth value (e.g., 3 or other values) is reserved.

(2)当第一站点包括non-AP STA时(2) When the first station includes a non-AP STA

GI和HE-LTF类型/触发的传输机会共享模式字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时,指示不发起TXOP共享流程。取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时,指示发起TXOP共享流程并且被调度的对端站点(AP或non-AP STA)只能发送给传输了MU-RTS TXS触发帧的站点。取值为第三取值(比如2或其他数值)时,指示发起TXOP共享流程并且被调度的对端站点(AP或non-AP STA)可以发送给传 输了MU-RTS TXS触发帧的站点或其他站点。第四取值(比如3或其他数值)为保留值。When the value of the GI and HE-LTF type/triggered transmission opportunity sharing mode field is the first value (such as 0 or other values), it indicates that the TXOP sharing process is not initiated. When the value is the second value (such as 1 or other values), it indicates that the TXOP sharing process is initiated and the scheduled peer station (AP or non-AP STA) can only send to the station that transmitted the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame. When the value is the third value (such as 2 or other values), it indicates that the TXOP sharing process is initiated and the scheduled peer station (AP or non-AP STA) can send to the station that transmitted the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame. The station or other station that input the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame. The fourth value (such as 3 or other values) is a reserved value.

上述第一取值、第二取值、第三取值、第四取值不同,且并不局限于0、1、2、3的取值,还可以是其他任何数值。并且第一取值也可以是1或2或3,第二取值也可以是0或2或3,第二取值也可以是0或1或3,第四取值也可以是0或1或2。The first value, second value, third value, and fourth value are different and are not limited to 0, 1, 2, or 3, but can also be any other value. The first value can also be 1, 2, or 3, the second value can also be 0, 2, or 3, the third value can also be 0, 1, or 3, and the fourth value can also be 0, 1, or 2.

·EHT变体公共信息字段中的HE或EHT主160(HE/EHT P160)字段的取值不同时,表示的含义也不同。示例性的:The HE or EHT Primary 160 (HE/EHT P160) field in the EHT Variant Common Information field has different values and has different meanings. For example:

(1)当第一站点包括AP时(1) When the first station includes an AP

HE/EHT P160字段的取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时,指示被请求的在主160MHz信道上的上行PPDU是一个EHT TB PPDU。取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时,指示被请求的在主160MHz信道上的上行PPDU是一个HE TB PPDU。When the HE/EHT P160 field has the second value (e.g., 1 or other values), it indicates that the requested uplink PPDU on the primary 160 MHz channel is an EHT TB PPDU. When the HE/EHT P160 field has the first value (e.g., 0 or other values), it indicates that the requested uplink PPDU on the primary 160 MHz channel is an HE TB PPDU.

(2)当第一站点包括non-AP STA时(2) When the first station includes a non-AP STA

HE/EHT P160字段为保留字段。The HE/EHT P160 field is a reserved field.

·EHT变体公共信息字段中的UL BW字段和特殊用户信息字段中的上行带宽扩展(UL Bandwidth Extension)字段(参考图27)的含义也可能存在不同。示例性的:The meaning of the UL BW field in the EHT variant common information field and the UL Bandwidth Extension field in the special user information field (see Figure 27) may also be different. For example:

(1)当第一站点包括AP时(1) When the first station includes an AP

UL BW字段和上行带宽扩展字段,用于联合指示被请求的EHT TB PPDU的U-SIG字段中的带宽字段的值,等于该EHT TB PPDU将要占据的带宽。The UL BW field and the uplink bandwidth extension field are used to jointly indicate that the value of the bandwidth field in the U-SIG field of the requested EHT TB PPDU is equal to the bandwidth that the EHT TB PPDU will occupy.

(2)当第一站点包括non-AP STA时(2) When the first station includes a non-AP STA

在一些实施例中,UL BW字段和上行带宽扩展字段,用于联合指示对端站点(AP或non-AP STA)未来在被分享的TXOP中进行传输时所使用的带宽。In some embodiments, the UL BW field and the uplink bandwidth extension field are used to jointly indicate the bandwidth to be used by the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) for future transmissions in a shared TXOP.

在一些实施例中,UL BW字段和上行带宽扩展字段为保留字段,因为RU分配字段和主辅160(PS160)字段也包含了带宽信息(见下文)。In some embodiments, the UL BW field and the uplink bandwidth extension field are reserved fields because the RU allocation field and the Primary Secondary 160 (PS160) field also contain bandwidth information (see below).

·在一些实施例中,EHT变体公共信息字段中的上行长度字段,HE-LTF/EHT-LTF符号数字段,LDPC额外符号分段字段,AP Tx Power字段,Pre-FEC填充因子字段,PE消歧字段,上行空间复用字段中的一个或多个字段,可以被设置为保留字段。如果这些字段全部设为保留字段,则共41个保留比特。加上已有的保留字段和EHT保留字段,EHT变体公共信息字段中,最多可以设置有52个保留比特。In some embodiments, one or more of the following fields in the EHT Variant Common Information field: the Uplink Length field, the HE-LTF/EHT-LTF Symbol Number field, the LDPC Extra Symbol Segment field, the AP Tx Power field, the Pre-FEC Fill Factor field, the PE Disambiguation field, and the Uplink Spatial Multiplexing field can be set as reserved fields. If all of these fields are set as reserved fields, a total of 41 reserved bits are used. Including the existing reserved fields and the EHT Reserved field, a maximum of 52 reserved bits can be set in the EHT Variant Common Information field.

图27示出了如图26所示的MU-RTS TXS触发帧中的用户信息列表字段的格式示意图。Figure 27 shows a format diagram of the user information list field in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame shown in Figure 26.

其中,特殊用户信息字段包括如下子字段中的至少之一:AID12、物理层版本标志(PHY Version Identifier)、上行带宽扩展、EHT空间复用1(EHT Spatial Reuse 1)、EHT空间复用2(EHT Spatial Reuse 2)、U-SIG忽略和校验(U-SIG Disregard And Validate)、保留。Among them, the special user information field includes at least one of the following subfields: AID12, physical layer version flag (PHY Version Identifier), uplink bandwidth extension, EHT spatial reuse 1 (EHT Spatial Reuse 1), EHT spatial reuse 2 (EHT Spatial Reuse 2), U-SIG ignore and verify (U-SIG Disregard And Validate), and reserved.

本申请实施例中,用户信息字段可能有如下两种:In this embodiment of the present application, the user information field may be of the following two types:

第一种用户信息字段包括如下子字段中的至少之一:AID12、RU分配、分配时长(Allocation Duration),PS160。这种用户信息字段中,AID12字段指示对端站点的关联标识符值,其中0值为接入点的关联标识符值。分配时长字段指示共享给对端站点的TXOP的时长,以16微秒为单位。RU分配字段和PS160字段用于联合指示对端站点(AP或non-AP STA)在哪个子信道(不局限于包含主20MHz信道的子信道,还可以是辅20MHz信道,或辅40MHz信道,或辅80MHz信道,或辅160MHz信道,或频率上连续的多个辅20MHz信道组成的子信道等等)上响应CTS帧。The first user information field includes at least one of the following subfields: AID12, RU allocation, allocation duration, and PS160. In this user information field, the AID12 field indicates the association identifier value of the peer station, where a value of 0 indicates the association identifier value of the access point. The allocation duration field indicates the duration of the TXOP shared with the peer station, in units of 16 microseconds. The RU allocation field and the PS160 field are used to jointly indicate which subchannel (not limited to the subchannel containing the primary 20 MHz channel, but also a secondary 20 MHz channel, a secondary 40 MHz channel, a secondary 80 MHz channel, a secondary 160 MHz channel, or a subchannel consisting of multiple secondary 20 MHz channels consecutive in frequency, etc.) the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) responds to the CTS frame on.

第二种用户信息字段包括如下子字段中的至少之一:AID12、RU分配、传输时长(Transmission Duration)、MCS、NSS、Target RSSI、DRU(指示是否使用DRU)、频域复制(指示是否使用频域复制)、空域复制(指示是否使用空域复制)、PS160。这种用户信息字段中,AID12字段指示对端站点的关联标识符值,或者设置为特殊值(例如2008)用于指示该用户信息字段包含子信道传输参数信息。RU分配字段和PS160字段用于指示对端站点(AP或non-AP STA)未来在被分享的TXOP中进行传输时所使用的子信道(比如主20MHz信道,或主40MHz信道,或主80MHz信道,或主160MHz信道,或主320MHz信道,或辅20MHz信道,或辅40MHz信道,或辅80MHz信道,或辅160MHz信道,或频率上连续的多个辅20MHz信道组成的子信道等等)。传输时长字段可以是保留字段,或者当对应的子信道上可用的传输时长小于所分享的传输时长时该字段指示对应的子信道上可用的传输时长,以16微秒为单位。The second user information field includes at least one of the following subfields: AID12, RU Allocation, Transmission Duration, MCS, NSS, Target RSSI, DRU (indicating whether DRU is used), Frequency Domain Replication (indicating whether frequency domain replication is used), Spatial Domain Replication (indicating whether spatial domain replication is used), and PS160. In this user information field, the AID12 field indicates the peer station's association identifier value or is set to a special value (e.g., 2008) to indicate that the user information field contains subchannel transmission parameter information. The RU Allocation field and PS160 field indicate the subchannel (e.g., primary 20 MHz channel, primary 40 MHz channel, primary 80 MHz channel, primary 160 MHz channel, primary 320 MHz channel, secondary 20 MHz channel, secondary 40 MHz channel, secondary 80 MHz channel, secondary 160 MHz channel, or a subchannel consisting of multiple consecutive secondary 20 MHz channels in frequency) that the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) will use for future transmissions in a shared TXOP. The transmission duration field may be a reserved field, or when the transmission duration available on the corresponding sub-channel is less than the shared transmission duration, the field indicates the transmission duration available on the corresponding sub-channel, in units of 16 microseconds.

MU-RTS TXS触发帧可能包括上述两种用户信息字段中的任意一种用户信息字段,其数量可能为一个或多个。MU-RTS TXS触发帧也可能同时包括上述两种用户信息字段,两种用户信息字段的数量可能分别为一个或多个。The MU-RTS TXS trigger frame may include either of the two user information fields, and the number of the user information fields may be one or more. The MU-RTS TXS trigger frame may also include both of the two user information fields, and the number of each user information field may be one or more.

示例性的,MU-RTS TXS触发帧只包括一个或多个第一种用户信息字段。Exemplarily, the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes only one or more first type user information fields.

示例性的,MU-RTS TXS触发帧只包括一个或多个第二种用户信息字段。Exemplarily, the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes only one or more second user information fields.

示例性的,MU-RTS TXS触发帧包括一个第一种用户信息字段,和一个或多个第二种用户信息字段。 比如,MU-RTS TXS触发帧包括的第一个用户信息字段是第一种用户信息字段,其余的用户信息字段都是第二种用户信息字段。又比如,MU-RTS TXS触发帧包括的最后一个用户信息字段是第一种用户信息字段,其余的用户信息字段都是第二种用户信息字段。Exemplarily, the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes a first user information field and one or more second user information fields. For example, the first user information field included in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame is the first type of user information field, and the remaining user information fields are all the second type of user information fields. For another example, the last user information field included in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame is the first type of user information field, and the remaining user information fields are all the second type of user information fields.

示例性的,MU-RTS TXS触发帧包括一个或多个第一种用户信息字段,和一个第二种用户信息字段。比如,MU-RTS TXS触发帧包括的第一个用户信息字段是第二种用户信息字段,其余的用户信息字段都是第一种用户信息字段。又比如,MU-RTS TXS触发帧包括的最后一个用户信息字段是第二种用户信息字段,其余的用户信息字段都是第一种用户信息字段。Illustratively, the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes one or more first-type user information fields and one second-type user information field. For example, the first user information field included in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame is the second-type user information field, and the remaining user information fields are all first-type user information fields. For another example, the last user information field included in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame is the second-type user information field, and the remaining user information fields are all first-type user information fields.

其余的比特用于指示对端站点(AP或non-AP STA)未来在被分享的TXOP中进行传输时所使用的传输参数,包括如下至少之一:MCS字段、NSS字段、Target RSSI字段、DRU字段、频域复制(Frequency Dup)字段、空域复制(Spatial Dup)字段。MCS字段指示调制编码阶数索引值。The remaining bits indicate the transmission parameters to be used by the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) for future transmissions in the shared TXOP. These parameters include at least one of the following: the MCS field, the NSS field, the Target RSSI field, the DRU field, the Frequency Dup field, and the Spatial Dup field. The MCS field indicates the modulation and coding order index value.

NSS字段指示空间流数。示例性的,NSS字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时表示1个空间流,取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时表示2个空间流,取值为第三取值(比如2或其他数值)时表示3个空间流,取值为第四取值(比如3或其他数值)时表示4个空间流。当然,NSS字段的取值还可以表示其他空间流数,此处仅作为示例而非限定。The NSS field indicates the number of spatial streams. For example, a first value (e.g., 0 or other numerical values) for the NSS field indicates one spatial stream, a second value (e.g., 1 or other numerical values) indicates two spatial streams, a third value (e.g., 2 or other numerical values) indicates three spatial streams, and a fourth value (e.g., 3 or other numerical values) indicates four spatial streams. Of course, the NSS field can also indicate other numbers of spatial streams; this is provided for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to be limiting.

Target RSSI字段指示期望的RSSI。示例性的,Target RSSI字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时表示-60dBm,取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时表示-55dBm,取值为第三取值(比如2或其他数值)时表示-50dBm,取值为第四取值(比如3或其他数值)时表示大于或等于-45dBm。当然,Target RSSI字段的取值还可以表示其他RSSI值,此处仅作为示例而非限定。The Target RSSI field indicates the expected RSSI. For example, a first value (e.g., 0 or other numerical values) of the Target RSSI field indicates -60 dBm, a second value (e.g., 1 or other numerical values) of the Target RSSI field indicates -55 dBm, a third value (e.g., 2 or other numerical values) of the Target RSSI field indicates -50 dBm, and a fourth value (e.g., 3 or other numerical values) of the Target RSSI field indicates greater than or equal to -45 dBm. Of course, the value of the Target RSSI field can also indicate other RSSI values, which are provided here as examples and not as a limitation.

DRU字段指示是否使用DRU进行传输。示例性的,DRU字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时表示不使用DRU进行传输,取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时表示使用DRU进行传输。或者,DRU字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时表示使用DRU进行传输,取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时表示不使用DRU进行传输。The DRU field indicates whether the DRU is used for transmission. For example, when the DRU field takes a first value (e.g., 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that the DRU is not used for transmission, and when the DRU field takes a second value (e.g., 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that the DRU is used for transmission. Alternatively, when the DRU field takes a first value (e.g., 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that the DRU is used for transmission, and when the DRU field takes a second value (e.g., 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that the DRU is not used for transmission.

频域复制字段指示是否使用频域复制传输。示例性的,频域复制字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时表示不使用频域复制进行传输,取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时表示使用频域复制进行传输。或者,频域复制字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时表示使用频域复制进行传输,取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时表示不使用频域复制进行传输。使用频域复制传输的情况,例如,20MHz内采用2个106-tone(子载波)RU复制传输。又例如,例如40MHz内2个20MHz子信道复制传输。The frequency domain replication field indicates whether frequency domain replication is used for transmission. Exemplarily, when the value of the frequency domain replication field is a first value (such as 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that frequency domain replication is not used for transmission, and when the value is a second value (such as 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that frequency domain replication is used for transmission. Alternatively, when the value of the frequency domain replication field is a first value (such as 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that frequency domain replication is used for transmission, and when the value is a second value (such as 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that frequency domain replication is not used for transmission. In the case of using frequency domain replication transmission, for example, 2 106-tone (subcarrier) RUs are used for replication transmission within 20MHz. For another example, 2 20MHz subchannels are replicated for transmission within 40MHz.

空域复制字段指示是否使用空域复制传输。示例性的,空域复制字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时表示不使用空域复制进行传输,取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时表示使用空域复制进行传输。或者,空域复制字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时表示使用空域复制进行传输,取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时表示不使用空域复制进行传输。The Spatial Copy field indicates whether Spatial Copy is used for transmission. Exemplarily, when the value of the Spatial Copy field is a first value (such as 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that Spatial Copy is not used for transmission, and when the value is a second value (such as 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that Spatial Copy is used for transmission. Alternatively, when the value of the Spatial Copy field is a first value (such as 0 or other numerical values), it indicates that Spatial Copy is used for transmission, and when the value is a second value (such as 1 or other numerical values), it indicates that Spatial Copy is not used for transmission.

当第一站点需要指示多个子信道及其对应的传输参数集的多组值时,可以使用多个用户信息字段。可选的,每个用户信息字段携带一个子信道和对应的传输参数集的一组值。可选的,第一帧中的一个用户信息字段包含分配时长字段,其余的用户信息字段中该分配时长字段可以被设置为保留字段。示例性的,第一帧中的第一个用户信息字段包含分配时长字段,后续的用户信息字段中该分配时长字段可以被设置为保留字段;或者,第一帧中的最后一个用户信息字段包含分配时长字段,其他的用户信息字段中该分配时长字段可以被设置为保留字段。When the first station needs to indicate multiple sub-channels and multiple sets of values of their corresponding transmission parameter sets, multiple user information fields can be used. Optionally, each user information field carries a sub-channel and a set of values of the corresponding transmission parameter set. Optionally, one user information field in the first frame includes an allocation duration field, and the allocation duration field in the remaining user information fields can be set as a reserved field. Exemplarily, the first user information field in the first frame includes an allocation duration field, and the allocation duration field in subsequent user information fields can be set as a reserved field; or, the last user information field in the first frame includes an allocation duration field, and the allocation duration field in the remaining user information fields can be set as a reserved field.

图28以第一帧包括MU-RTS TXS触发帧为例,示出了本申请实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图。各个字段下方的数字表示其可能占用的字节数或比特数。MU-RTS TXS触发帧包括如下字段中的至少之一:帧控制(Frame Control)字段、时长(Duration)字段、RA(Receiver Address,接收方地址)字段、TA(Transmitter Address,发送方地址)字段、公共信息字段、用户信息列表(User Info List)字段、填充(Padding)字段、FCS(Frame Check Sequence,帧校验序列)字段。其中,用户信息列表字段包括:特殊用户信息(Special User Info)字段,一个或多个用户信息(User Info)字段。FIG28 shows a schematic diagram of the frame format of the first frame provided by an embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame including the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame as an example. The number below each field indicates the number of bytes or bits it may occupy. The MU-RTS TXS trigger frame includes at least one of the following fields: a Frame Control field, a Duration field, a Receiver Address (RA) field, a Transmitter Address (TA) field, a Public Information field, a User Info List (User Info List) field, a Padding field, and an FCS (Frame Check Sequence) field. The User Info List field includes a Special User Info field and one or more User Info fields.

公共信息字段可以是EHT变体公共信息(EHT Variant Common Info)字段,或UHR变体公共信息(UHR Variant Common Info)字段。The common information field can be an EHT variant common information (EHT Variant Common Info) field or a UHR variant common information (UHR Variant Common Info) field.

以公共信息字段是EHT变体公共信息字段为例,公共信息字段包括如下子字段中的至少之一:触发帧子类型(Trigger Type)、RU分配、MCS、是否有更多触发帧(More TF)、是否需要信道检测(CS Required)、UL BW、GI和HE-LTF类型/触发的传输机会共享模式(GI And HE-LTF Type/Triggered TXOP Sharing Mode)、NSS、Target RSSI、DRU(指示是否使用DRU)、频域复制(指示是否使用频域复制)、空域复制(指示是否使用空域复制)、PS160、HE/EHT P160、特殊用户信息字段标识、EHT保留、保留。其中,RU分配、MCS、NSS、Target RSSI、DRU、频域复制、空域复制、PS160等字段的数量,可以分别为一个或 多个,取决于第一帧指示的子信道数量和传输参数集中的参数组数量。Taking the public information field as an example, the public information field is an EHT variant public information field. The public information field includes at least one of the following subfields: trigger frame subtype (Trigger Type), RU allocation, MCS, whether there are more trigger frames (More TF), whether channel detection is required (CS Required), UL BW, GI and HE-LTF type/Triggered transmission opportunity sharing mode (GI And HE-LTF Type/Triggered TXOP Sharing Mode), NSS, Target RSSI, DRU (indicating whether DRU is used), frequency domain replication (indicating whether frequency domain replication is used), spatial domain replication (indicating whether spatial domain replication is used), PS160, HE/EHT P160, special user information field identifier, EHT reserved, reserved. Among them, the number of fields such as RU allocation, MCS, NSS, Target RSSI, DRU, frequency domain replication, spatial domain replication, PS160, etc. can be one or more, respectively. Multiple, depending on the number of subchannels indicated in the first frame and the number of parameter groups in the transmission parameter set.

在一些实施例中,NSS字段和Target RSSI字段可以有更多的比特数。示例性的,NSS字段的取值为第一取值(比如0或其他数值)时表示1个空间流,取值为第二取值(比如1或其他数值)时表示2个空间流,取值为第三取值(比如2或其他数值)时表示3个空间流,以此类推,取值为第八取值(比如7或其他数值)时表示8个空间流。当然,NSS字段还可以采用其他取值表示其他空间流数,此处仅作为示例而非限定。示例性的,Target RSSI字段的取值为0至14时,分别指示-60dBm至-46dBm,Target RSSI字段的取值为15时,指示大于-46dBm。当然,Target RSSI字段还可以采用其他取值表示其他RSSI值,此处仅作为示例而非限定。In some embodiments, the NSS field and the Target RSSI field may have more bits. For example, a first value (e.g., 0 or other numerical values) for the NSS field indicates one spatial stream, a second value (e.g., 1 or other numerical values) indicates two spatial streams, a third value (e.g., 2 or other numerical values) indicates three spatial streams, and so on, an eighth value (e.g., 7 or other numerical values) indicates eight spatial streams. Of course, the NSS field may also use other values to indicate other numbers of spatial streams, as provided herein for example and not limitation. For example, a value of 0 to 14 for the Target RSSI field indicates -60 dBm to -46 dBm, respectively, and a value of 15 for the Target RSSI field indicates greater than -46 dBm. Of course, the Target RSSI field may also use other values to indicate other RSSI values, as provided herein for example and not limitation.

图29示出了如图28所示的MU-RTS TXS触发帧中的用户信息列表字段的格式示意图。Figure 29 shows a format diagram of the user information list field in the MU-RTS TXS trigger frame shown in Figure 28.

其中,特殊用户信息字段包括如下子字段中的至少之一:AID12、物理层版本标志(PHY Version Identifier)、上行带宽扩展、EHT空间复用1(EHT Spatial Reuse 1)、EHT空间复用2(EHT Spatial Reuse 2)、U-SIG忽略和校验(U-SIG Disregard And Validate)、保留。Among them, the special user information field includes at least one of the following subfields: AID12, physical layer version flag (PHY Version Identifier), uplink bandwidth extension, EHT spatial reuse 1 (EHT Spatial Reuse 1), EHT spatial reuse 2 (EHT Spatial Reuse 2), U-SIG ignore and verify (U-SIG Disregard And Validate), and reserved.

用户信息字段包括如下子字段中的至少之一:AID12、RU分配、分配时长(Allocation Duration)、保留、PS160。The user information field includes at least one of the following subfields: AID12, RU allocation, allocation duration (Allocation Duration), reservation, and PS160.

AID12字段指示对端站点的关联标识符值,其中0值为接入点的关联标识符值。分配时长字段指示共享给对端站点的TXOP的时长,以16微秒为单位。The AID12 field indicates the association identifier value of the peer station, where a value of 0 is the association identifier value of the access point. The allocated duration field indicates the duration of the TXOP shared with the peer station, in units of 16 microseconds.

此处需要指出的是,图28所示的公共信息字段指示了对端站点(AP或non-AP STA)未来在被分享的TXOP中进行传输时所使用的子信道和传输参数集,而图29所示的RU分配和PS160用于联合指示对端站点(AP或non-AP STA)在哪个子信道,比如主20MHz信道,或主40MHz信道,或主80MHz信道,或主160MHz信道,或80+80MHz信道,或主320MHz信道上响应CTS帧。It should be pointed out here that the common information field shown in Figure 28 indicates the sub-channel and transmission parameter set to be used by the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) for future transmission in the shared TXOP, and the RU allocation and PS160 shown in Figure 29 are used to jointly indicate which sub-channel the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) should respond to the CTS frame on, such as the main 20 MHz channel, the main 40 MHz channel, the main 80 MHz channel, the main 160 MHz channel, the 80+80 MHz channel, or the main 320 MHz channel.

图26和图28示出了两种可能的MU-RTS TXS触发帧的帧格式,两者的区别在于:图26是将前文所述的传输参数字段设置在用户信息列表字段内的用户信息字段中,而图28是将前文所述的传输参数字段设置在公共信息字段中。Figures 26 and 28 show two possible frame formats of MU-RTS TXS trigger frames. The difference between the two is that Figure 26 sets the transmission parameter field mentioned above in the user information field within the user information list field, while Figure 28 sets the transmission parameter field mentioned above in the common information field.

另外,还存在一种可能,在用户信息字段和公共信息字段中均设置传输参数字段,也即,将图28所示的公共信息字段与图27所示的用户信息列表字段组合使用,以支持携带更多子信道和传输参数的指示信息。In addition, there is also a possibility of setting the transmission parameter field in both the user information field and the public information field, that is, combining the public information field shown in Figure 28 with the user information list field shown in Figure 27 to support carrying indication information of more sub-channels and transmission parameters.

图30以第一帧包括A-Control字段为例,示出了本申请实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图。各个字段下方的数字表示其可能占用的字节数或比特数。Figure 30 shows a schematic diagram of the frame format of the first frame provided by an embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame including the A-Control field as an example. The numbers under each field indicate the number of bytes or bits that it may occupy.

在一些实施例中,第一帧可以是包括A-Control字段的第一数据帧,也可以是包括A-Control字段的第一管理帧,也可以是包括A-Control字段且附加在第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧,也可以是包括A-Control字段且附加在第一数据帧之后的第一管理帧。In some embodiments, the first frame may be the first data frame including the A-Control field, or the first management frame including the A-Control field, or the Qos empty frame including the A-Control field and attached to the first data frame, or the first management frame including the A-Control field and attached to the first data frame.

在一些实施例中,A-Control字段包括控制列表(Control List)字段,可选的,还包括填充字段。In some embodiments, the A-Control field includes a control list (Control List) field and, optionally, a padding field.

在一些实施例中,控制列表字段包括控制标识符(Control ID)字段和/或控制信息(Control Information)字段。In some embodiments, the control list field includes a control identifier (Control ID) field and/or a control information (Control Information) field.

控制标识符字段的取值可以是任一数值,比如可以是10至15中的任一值。图30以控制标识符字段的取值是10为例。The value of the control identifier field can be any value, for example, any value between 10 and 15. FIG30 takes the value of the control identifier field being 10 as an example.

在控制信息字段中指示对端站点(AP或non-AP STA)未来进行传输时所使用子信道和对应的传输参数集的一组或值。Indicates in the control information field a set or value of subchannels and corresponding transmission parameter sets to be used by the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) for future transmissions.

在一些实施例中,控制信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:RU分配、MCS、NSS、Target RSSI、DRU(指示是否使用DRU)、频域复制(指示是否使用频域复制)、空域复制(指示是否使用空域复制)、PS160、保留。In some embodiments, the control information field includes at least one of the following fields: RU allocation, MCS, NSS, Target RSSI, DRU (indicating whether DRU is used), frequency domain replication (indicating whether frequency domain replication is used), spatial domain replication (indicating whether spatial domain replication is used), PS160, and reserved.

图30以第一帧为包括A-Control字段的数据帧为例,A-Control字段设置在高吞吐控制(HT Control)字段内。高吞吐控制字段除包括A-Control字段外,还可能包括VHT(Very High Throughout,很高吞吐)字段和/或HE字段。Figure 30 uses the first frame as an example, where the A-Control field is included in the High Throughput Control (HT Control) field. In addition to the A-Control field, the High Throughput Control field may also include a VHT (Very High Throughput) field and/or a HE field.

第一帧除了包括高吞吐控制字段外,还可能包括如下字段中的至少之一:帧控制、时长、地址1、地址2、地址3、序列控制(Sequence Control)、地址4、QoS控制、帧体(Fame Body)(可用于携带数据)、FCS。In addition to the high throughput control field, the first frame may also include at least one of the following fields: frame control, duration, address 1, address 2, address 3, sequence control (Sequence Control), address 4, QoS control, frame body (Fame Body) (can be used to carry data), and FCS.

当第一站点需要指示多个子信道和对应的传输参数集的多组值时,可以通过发送多个第一帧来实现。比如,在数据帧后附加多个Qos Null帧,每个Qos Null帧携带一个控制信息字段,即指示一个子信道和对应的传输参数集的一组值。When the first station needs to indicate multiple subchannels and multiple sets of values for the corresponding transmission parameter sets, this can be achieved by sending multiple first frames. For example, multiple QoS Null frames are appended to the data frame, each of which carries a control information field indicating a subchannel and a set of values for the corresponding transmission parameter set.

图31以第一帧包括第一管理帧为例,示出了本申请实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图。各个字段下方的数字表示其可能占用的字节数或比特数。 Figure 31 shows a schematic diagram of the frame format of the first frame provided by an embodiment of the present application, taking the first frame including the first management frame as an example. The numbers under each field indicate the number of bytes or bits that it may occupy.

第一管理帧包括如下字段中的至少之一:帧控制、时长、地址1、地址2、地址3、序列控制(Sequence Control)、高吞吐控制、动作域(Action Field)、FCS。The first management frame includes at least one of the following fields: frame control, duration, address 1, address 2, address 3, sequence control (Sequence Control), high throughput control, action field (Action Field), and FCS.

动作域包括如下字段中的至少之一:动作类别(Category)、UHR公共动作(UHR Public Action,用于指示UHR公共动作子类)、会话令牌(Dialog Token)、子信道信息元素(Subchannel Info Element)。The action domain includes at least one of the following fields: action category (Category), UHR public action (UHR Public Action, used to indicate the UHR public action subclass), session token (Dialog Token), and subchannel information element (Subchannel Info Element).

子信道信息元素用于指示对端站点(AP或non-AP STA)未来进行传输时所使用子信道和对应的传输参数集的一组或值。The subchannel information element is used to indicate a set or value of subchannels and corresponding transmission parameter sets to be used by the peer station (AP or non-AP STA) for future transmissions.

示例性的,子信道信息元素包括如下字段中的至少之一:元素ID、长度、元素ID扩展、子信道数量(Number of Subchannels)、子信道。可选的,子信道信息元素包括一个或多个子信道字段。子信道数量字段表示第一帧请求或建议使用的子信道的数量。Illustratively, the subchannel information element includes at least one of the following fields: element ID, length, element ID extension, number of subchannels, and subchannel. Optionally, the subchannel information element includes one or more subchannel fields. The number of subchannels field indicates the number of subchannels requested or suggested for use in the first frame.

在一些实施例中,不同子信道字段用于指示不同的子信道及其对应的传输参数集中的一组值,若子信道信息元素包括多个子信道字段,则意味着第一帧指示多个子信道及对应的传输参数集中的多组值。In some embodiments, different subchannel fields are used to indicate different subchannels and a set of values in their corresponding transmission parameter sets. If the subchannel information element includes multiple subchannel fields, it means that the first frame indicates multiple subchannels and multiple sets of values in the corresponding transmission parameter sets.

当第一站点需要指示多个子信道和对应的传输参数集的多组值时,可以通过在第一帧中设置多个子信道字段来实现。When the first station needs to indicate multiple sub-channels and multiple sets of values of corresponding transmission parameter sets, it can be achieved by setting multiple sub-channel fields in the first frame.

再次强调,上述各个实施例示出的帧格式、元素格式、字段格式,均为示例而非限定。本申请支持在前文所述的格式设计的基础上,对各个帧、元素、字段的格式做出改变,比如改变字段/元素的顺序,改变字段/元素的字节数,改变字段/元素的比特数,改变字段/元素/帧的名称,等等。还支持将部分字段/元素设置为保留字段。It is emphasized again that the frame formats, element formats, and field formats shown in the above embodiments are examples and not limitations. This application supports changes to the formats of various frames, elements, and fields based on the format design described above, such as changing the order of fields/elements, changing the number of bytes in a field/element, changing the number of bits in a field/element, changing the name of the field/element/frame, etc. It also supports setting some fields/elements as reserved fields.

图32示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信装置3200的结构框图,通信装置3200可以实现成为前文所述的第一站点,或实现成为前文所述的第一站点的一部分。可选的,通信装置3200也可以是支持WLAN/Wi-Fi协议(比如802.11协议)的无线通信装置/无线装置。通信装置3200包括发送模块3210。可选地,通信装置3200还包括接收模块3230和/或处理模块3250。Figure 32 shows a block diagram of a communication device 3200 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The communication device 3200 can be implemented as the first station described above, or as a part of the first station described above. Optionally, the communication device 3200 can also be a wireless communication device/wireless device that supports WLAN/Wi-Fi protocols (such as the 802.11 protocol). The communication device 3200 includes a transmitting module 3210. Optionally, the communication device 3200 also includes a receiving module 3230 and/or a processing module 3250.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3210用于发送第一帧,所述第一帧包括请求或建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集;其中,所述至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。In some embodiments, the sending module 3210 is used to send a first frame, which includes a transmission parameter set requesting or suggesting that the second site use at least one subchannel; wherein the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the device; a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the device; a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site.

在一些实施例中,第一帧用于请求或建议第二站点在TXOP和/或后续传输中使用至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in a TXOP and/or subsequent transmissions.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3210用于上报干扰信息。比如,发送模块3210用于发送干扰信息报告。比如,发送模块3210用于发送共址干扰报告帧。In some embodiments, the sending module 3210 is configured to report interference information. For example, the sending module 3210 is configured to send an interference information report. For example, the sending module 3210 is configured to send a co-site interference report frame.

在一些实施例中,接收模块3230用于接收第二站点发送的如下帧中的至少之一:数据帧、管理帧、控制帧、确认帧、块确认帧。In some embodiments, the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive at least one of the following frames sent by the second station: a data frame, a management frame, a control frame, an acknowledgment frame, and a block acknowledgment frame.

在一些实施例中,接收模块3230用于接收第二站点发送的请求信息。比如,接收模块3230用于接收第二站点发送的共址干扰请求帧。In some embodiments, the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive a request message sent by the second station. For example, the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive a co-site interference request frame sent by the second station.

在一些实施例中,接收模块3230用于接收第二站点发送的调度信息。比如,接收模块3230用于接收第二站点发送的DSO调度信息。比如,接收模块3230用于接收第二站点发送的M-AP协调传输调度信息。In some embodiments, the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive scheduling information sent by the second station. For example, the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive DS0 scheduling information sent by the second station. For example, the receiving module 3230 is configured to receive M-AP coordinated transmission scheduling information sent by the second station.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3210用于执行如前文所述的发送步骤,比如包括如下步骤中的部分或全部:步骤220、步骤320、步骤420。In some embodiments, the sending module 3210 is used to execute the sending steps described above, such as including part or all of the following steps: step 220, step 320, and step 420.

在一些实施例中,接收模块3230用于执行如前文所述的接收步骤,比如包括如下步骤中的部分或全部:步骤240。In some embodiments, the receiving module 3230 is used to perform the receiving steps described above, such as including part or all of the following steps: step 240.

在一些实施例中,处理模块3250用于执行如下操作中的至少之一:信道测量、获取干扰信息、判断是否需要调整传输参数、决策如何调整传输参数。In some embodiments, the processing module 3250 is configured to perform at least one of the following operations: channel measurement, obtaining interference information, determining whether a transmission parameter needs to be adjusted, and deciding how to adjust the transmission parameter.

在一些实施例中,处理模块3250用于执行与传输参数调整有关的确定、检测、更新、测量、计算、修改等操作。In some embodiments, the processing module 3250 is used to perform operations such as determination, detection, updating, measurement, calculation, modification, etc. related to transmission parameter adjustment.

前文所述的子信道、传输参数集、站点的类型、“请求”和“建议”、“TXOP”和“后续传输”的相关内容,也适用于图32所示的通信装置3200。The above-mentioned sub-channels, transmission parameter sets, station types, "requests" and "suggestions", "TXOPs" and "subsequent transmissions" are also applicable to the communication device 3200 shown in FIG. 32 .

前文所述的第一帧的相关内容,比如,第一帧的交互流程、用途、名称、类型、格式等部分或全部内容,也适用于图32所示的通信装置3200。通信装置3200可以发送如步骤420、图26至图31中所述的任意一种格式的第一帧。The aforementioned content of the first frame, such as the interaction process, purpose, name, type, format, etc., is also applicable to the communication device 3200 shown in FIG32. The communication device 3200 can send the first frame in any format as described in step 420 and FIG26 to FIG31.

对于本实施例中未详细说明的细节,可参见上文实施例,此处不再一一赘述。For details not described in detail in this embodiment, please refer to the above embodiments and will not be described in detail here.

综上所述,本申请实施例提供的装置,支持通过第一帧指示请求或建议第二站点使用的子信道、传输参数集,且给出了帧格式设计和传输参数设计,提供了具体可行的灵活调整传输参数的方法。并且,第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集,可以适用于本次TXOP,也可以适用于后续传输,进一步提高了传输参数 的调整灵活性、适用性和实用性,有助于提高传输参数的调整成功率和可行性。由于第一帧指示的传输参数是本装置请求或建议的,因而更符合本装置自身的期望和能力,调整的传输参数更加准确和可靠,有助于保障系统内通信效率。In summary, the device provided by the embodiment of the present application supports requesting or suggesting the subchannel and transmission parameter set used by the second station through the first frame indication, and provides a frame format design and transmission parameter design, providing a specific and feasible method for flexibly adjusting transmission parameters. Moreover, the subchannel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame can be applied to this TXOP and to subsequent transmissions, further improving the transmission parameter The flexibility, applicability, and practicality of transmission parameter adjustment improve the success rate and feasibility of transmission parameter adjustment. Because the transmission parameters indicated in the first frame are requested or suggested by the device, they better align with the device's own expectations and capabilities. The adjusted transmission parameters are more accurate and reliable, helping to ensure communication efficiency within the system.

图33示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信装置3300的结构框图,通信装置3300可以实现成为前文所述的第二站点,或实现成为前文所述的第二站点的一部分。可选的,通信装置3300也可以是支持WLAN/Wi-Fi协议(比如802.11协议)的无线通信装置/无线装置。通信装置3300包括接收模块3310。可选地,通信装置3300还包括发送模块3330和/或处理模块3350。Figure 33 shows a block diagram of a communication device 3300 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The communication device 3300 can be implemented as the second site described above, or as part of the second site described above. Optionally, the communication device 3300 can also be a wireless communication device/wireless device that supports WLAN/Wi-Fi protocols (such as the 802.11 protocol). The communication device 3300 includes a receiving module 3310. Optionally, the communication device 3300 also includes a sending module 3330 and/or a processing module 3350.

在一些实施例中,接收模块3310用于接收第一帧,所述第一帧包括请求或建议所述装置在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集;其中,所述至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第一站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。In some embodiments, the receiving module 3310 is used to receive a first frame, which includes a transmission parameter set requesting or suggesting that the device use at least one subchannel; wherein the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the device; and a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the device.

在一些实施例中,第一帧用于请求或建议所述装置在TXOP和/或后续传输中使用至少一个子信道和传输参数集中的至少一组参数。In some embodiments, the first frame is used to request or suggest that the apparatus use at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in a transmission parameter set in a TXOP and/or subsequent transmissions.

在一些实施例中,接收模块3310用于接收干扰信息。比如,接收模块3310用于接收干扰信息报告。比如,接收模块3310用于接收共址干扰报告帧。In some embodiments, the receiving module 3310 is configured to receive interference information, such as an interference information report, or a co-site interference report frame.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3330用于发送的如下帧中的至少之一:数据帧、管理帧、控制帧、确认帧、块确认帧。In some embodiments, the sending module 3330 is configured to send at least one of the following frames: a data frame, a management frame, a control frame, an acknowledgment frame, and a block acknowledgment frame.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3330用于基于所述第一帧向第一站点和/或其他站点发送帧。In some embodiments, the sending module 3330 is used to send frames to the first site and/or other sites based on the first frame.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3330在所述第一帧指示的至少一个子信道上,使用所述第一帧指示的传输参数集中的一组或多组值,进行传输。In some embodiments, the sending module 3330 transmits on at least one subchannel indicated by the first frame using one or more sets of values in the transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3330用于执行如下至少一种传输:上行传输、下行传输、点对点传输、M-AP传输。In some embodiments, the sending module 3330 is configured to perform at least one of the following transmissions: uplink transmission, downlink transmission, point-to-point transmission, and M-AP transmission.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3330在所述第一帧指示的至少一个子信道中的部分子信道上,使用所述第一帧指示的传输参数集中的一组或多组值中的部分传输参数,进行传输。In some embodiments, the sending module 3330 performs transmission on some subchannels of at least one subchannel indicated by the first frame using some transmission parameters from one or more sets of values in the transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3330用于发送请求信息。比如,发送模块3330用于发送共址干扰请求帧。In some embodiments, the sending module 3330 is configured to send request information. For example, the sending module 3330 is configured to send a co-site interference request frame.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3330用于发送调度信息。比如,发送模块3330用于发送DSO调度信息。比如,发送模块3330用于发送M-AP协调传输调度信息。In some embodiments, the sending module 3330 is configured to send scheduling information. For example, the sending module 3330 is configured to send DS0 scheduling information. For example, the sending module 3330 is configured to send M-AP coordinated transmission scheduling information.

在一些实施例中,接收模块3310用于执行如前文所述的接收步骤,比如包括如下步骤中的部分或全部:步骤220、步骤520、步骤620。In some embodiments, the receiving module 3310 is used to execute the receiving steps described above, such as including part or all of the following steps: step 220, step 520, and step 620.

在一些实施例中,发送模块3330用于执行如前文所述的发送步骤,比如包括如下步骤中的部分或全部:步骤240。In some embodiments, the sending module 3330 is used to execute the sending steps described above, such as including part or all of the following steps: step 240.

在一些实施例中,处理模块3350用于执行如下操作中的至少之一:判断是否接受第一帧分享的TXOP、判断是否使用第一帧指示的至少一个子信道、判断是否使用第一帧指示的传输参数集。In some embodiments, the processing module 3350 is used to perform at least one of the following operations: determining whether to accept the TXOP shared by the first frame, determining whether to use at least one subchannel indicated by the first frame, and determining whether to use the transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame.

在一些实施例中,处理模块3350用于执行与传输参数调整有关的确定、检测、更新、测量、计算、修改等操作。In some embodiments, the processing module 3350 is used to perform operations such as determination, detection, updating, measurement, calculation, modification, etc. related to transmission parameter adjustment.

前文所述的子信道、传输参数集、站点的类型、“请求”和“建议”、“TXOP”和“后续传输”的相关内容,也适用于图33所示的通信装置3300。The above-mentioned sub-channels, transmission parameter sets, site types, “requests” and “suggestions”, “TXOPs” and “subsequent transmissions” are also applicable to the communication device 3300 shown in FIG. 33 .

前文所述的第一帧的相关内容,比如,第一帧的交互流程、用途、名称、类型、格式等部分或全部内容,也适用于图33所示的通信装置3300。通信装置3300可以接收如步骤420、图26至图31中所述的任意一种格式的第一帧。The aforementioned content of the first frame, such as the interaction process, purpose, name, type, format, etc., partially or entirely, also applies to the communication device 3300 shown in FIG33 . The communication device 3300 can receive the first frame in any format as described in step 420 and FIG26 to FIG31 .

对于本实施例中未详细说明的细节,可参见上文实施例,此处不再一一赘述。For details not described in detail in this embodiment, please refer to the above embodiments and will not be described in detail here.

综上所述,本申请实施例提供的装置,支持通过第一帧指示请求或建议所述装置使用的子信道、传输参数集,且给出了帧格式设计和传输参数设计,提供了具体可行的灵活调整传输参数的方法。并且,第一帧指示的子信道和传输参数集,可以适用于本次TXOP,也可以适用于后续传输,进一步提高了传输参数的调整灵活性、适用性和实用性,有助于提高传输参数的调整成功率和可行性。由于第一帧指示的传输参数是第一站点请求或建议的,因而更符合第一站点自身的期望和能力,调整的传输参数更加准确和可靠,有助于保障系统内通信效率。In summary, the device provided in the embodiment of the present application supports requesting or suggesting the sub-channel and transmission parameter set used by the device through the first frame indication, and provides frame format design and transmission parameter design, providing a specific and feasible method for flexibly adjusting transmission parameters. In addition, the sub-channel and transmission parameter set indicated by the first frame can be applicable to this TXOP as well as to subsequent transmissions, further improving the flexibility, applicability and practicality of adjusting the transmission parameters, and helping to improve the success rate and feasibility of adjusting the transmission parameters. Since the transmission parameters indicated by the first frame are requested or suggested by the first site, they are more in line with the expectations and capabilities of the first site itself, and the adjusted transmission parameters are more accurate and reliable, which helps to ensure the efficiency of communication within the system.

需要说明的是:上述实施例提供的装置在实现其功能时,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将通信设备的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。另外,上述实施例提供的装置与方法实施例属于同一构思。It should be noted that the apparatus provided in the above embodiments is merely illustrated by the division of the above functional modules when implementing its functions. In actual applications, the above functions can be distributed and completed by different functional modules as needed, that is, the internal structure of the communication device can be divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. In addition, the apparatus and method embodiments provided in the above embodiments are based on the same concept.

图34示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信设备3400的结构示意图,包括如下至少之一:接收 器3401、发射器3402、处理器3403、存储器3404、总线(图中未示出)。FIG34 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 3400 provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application, including at least one of the following: receiving Receiver 3401, transmitter 3402, processor 3403, memory 3404, bus (not shown in the figure).

可选的,通信设备3400用于执行上述第一站点所执行的部分或全部步骤。Optionally, the communication device 3400 is used to execute part or all of the steps executed by the first site.

可选的,通信设备3400用于执行上述第二站点所执行的部分或全部步骤。Optionally, the communication device 3400 is used to execute part or all of the steps executed by the second site.

可选的,通信设备3400是支持WLAN/Wi-Fi协议(比如802.11协议)的无线设备/无线通信设备。Optionally, the communication device 3400 is a wireless device/wireless communication device that supports WLAN/Wi-Fi protocol (such as 802.11 protocol).

接收器3401用于实现接收功能。可选的,接收器3401可用于实现上述接收模块3230和/或接收模块3310的功能和步骤。发射器3402用于实现发送功能。可选的,发射器3402可用于实现上述发送模块3210和/或发送模块3330的功能和步骤。Receiver 3401 is used to implement a receiving function. Optionally, receiver 3401 can be used to implement the functions and steps of receiving module 3230 and/or receiving module 3310 described above. Transmitter 3402 is used to implement a sending function. Optionally, transmitter 3402 can be used to implement the functions and steps of sending module 3210 and/or sending module 3330 described above.

可选的,接收器3401和发射器3402可以实现为一个通信组件,该通信组件可以是一块通信芯片,该通信组件可以称为收发器。可选的,接收器3401和发射器3402可以实现为无线通信组件和/或有线通信组件。可选的,无线通信组件包括无线通信芯片和/或射频天线。可选的,有线通信组件包括有线通信芯片和/或有线接口。Optionally, receiver 3401 and transmitter 3402 can be implemented as a communication component, which can be a communication chip and can be referred to as a transceiver. Alternatively, receiver 3401 and transmitter 3402 can be implemented as wireless communication components and/or wired communication components. Optionally, the wireless communication component includes a wireless communication chip and/or a radio frequency antenna. Optionally, the wired communication component includes a wired communication chip and/or a wired interface.

处理器3403包括一个或者一个以上处理核心,处理器3403通过运行软件程序以及模块,从而执行各种功能应用以及信息处理。在一些实施例中,处理器3403可用于实现上述处理模块3250和/或处理模块3350的功能和步骤。存储器3404可用于存储处理器3403执行的计算机程序,处理器3403用于执行该计算机程序,以实现上述方法实施例中的各个步骤。Processor 3403 includes one or more processing cores. Processor 3403 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules. In some embodiments, processor 3403 can be used to implement the functions and steps of processing module 3250 and/or processing module 3350 described above. Memory 3404 can be used to store computer programs executed by processor 3403. Processor 3403 is used to execute the computer programs to implement the various steps in the above-described method embodiments.

在一些实施例中,存储器3404可以与处理器3403以及接收器3401、发射器3402相连。In some embodiments, the memory 3404 may be connected to the processor 3403 as well as the receiver 3401 and the transmitter 3402 .

此外,存储器3404可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,易失性或非易失性存储设备包括但不限于:磁盘或光盘,EEPROM(Electrically-Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory,电可擦除可编程只读存储器),EPROM(Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory,可擦除可编程只读存储器),SRAM(Static Random Access Memory,静态随时存取存储器),ROM(Read-Only Memory,只读存储器),磁存储器,快闪存储器,PROM(Programmable Read-Only Memory,可编程只读存储器)。In addition, memory 3404 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof. Volatile or non-volatile storage devices include but are not limited to: magnetic disks or optical disks, EEPROM (Electrically-Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory), EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory), SRAM (Static Random Access Memory), ROM (Read-Only Memory), magnetic storage, flash memory, PROM (Programmable Read-Only Memory).

在一些实施例中,接收器3401独立进行信号/数据的接收,或处理器3403控制接收器3401进行信号/数据的接收,或处理器3403请求接收器3401进行信号/数据的接收,或处理器3403配合接收器3401进行信号/数据的接收。In some embodiments, the receiver 3401 receives signals/data independently, or the processor 3403 controls the receiver 3401 to receive signals/data, or the processor 3403 requests the receiver 3401 to receive signals/data, or the processor 3403 cooperates with the receiver 3401 to receive signals/data.

在一些实施例中,发射器3402独立进行信号/数据的发送,或处理器3403控制发射器3402进行信号/数据的发送,或处理器3403请求发射器3402进行信号/数据的发送,或处理器3403配合发射器3402进行信号/数据的发送。In some embodiments, the transmitter 3402 independently sends signals/data, or the processor 3403 controls the transmitter 3402 to send signals/data, or the processor 3403 requests the transmitter 3402 to send signals/data, or the processor 3403 cooperates with the transmitter 3402 to send signals/data.

对于本实施例中未详细说明的细节,可参见上文实施例,此处不再一一赘述。For details not described in detail in this embodiment, please refer to the above embodiments and will not be described in detail here.

在本申请的一个示例性实施例中,还提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或程序指令,当所述芯片在通信设备上运行时,用于实现上述各个方法实施例提供的通信方法。In an exemplary embodiment of the present application, a chip is further provided, which includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions. When the chip runs on a communication device, it is used to implement the communication methods provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.

在一些实施例中,所述芯片包括发送模块3210。可选地,所述芯片还包括接收模块3230和/或处理模块3250。相关内容可参考前文所述,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the chip includes a sending module 3210. Optionally, the chip further includes a receiving module 3230 and/or a processing module 3250. The relevant contents can be referred to above and will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,所述芯片包括接收模块3310。可选地,所述芯片还包括发送模块3330和/或处理模块3350。相关内容可参考前文所述,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the chip includes a receiving module 3310. Optionally, the chip also includes a sending module 3330 and/or a processing module 3350. The relevant contents can be referred to above and will not be repeated here.

在本申请的一个示例性实施例中,还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质中存储有至少一段程序,至少一段程序由处理器加载并执行以实现上述各个方法实施例提供的通信方法。In an exemplary embodiment of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is further provided, in which at least one program is stored. The at least one program is loaded and executed by a processor to implement the communication methods provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.

在本申请的一个示例性实施例中,还提供了一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括计算机指令,计算机指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中,处理器从计算机可读存储介质中获取计算机指令,处理器执行计算机指令以实现上述各个方法实施例提供的通信方法。In an exemplary embodiment of the present application, a computer program product is also provided. The computer program product includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, a processor obtains the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor executes the computer instructions to implement the communication methods provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.

在本申请的一个示例性实施例中,还提供了一种计算机程序,计算机程序包括计算机指令,计算机指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中,处理器从计算机可读存储介质中获取计算机指令,处理器执行计算机指令以实现上述各个方法实施例提供的通信方法。In an exemplary embodiment of the present application, a computer program is also provided. The computer program includes computer instructions, and the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium. A processor obtains the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor executes the computer instructions to implement the communication methods provided by the above-mentioned various method embodiments.

本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过硬件来完成,也可以通过程序来指令相关的硬件完成,程序可以存储于一种计算机可读存储介质中,上述提到的存储介质可以是只读存储器,磁盘或光盘等。Those skilled in the art will understand that all or part of the steps to implement the above embodiments may be accomplished by hardware, or may be accomplished by a program instructing the relevant hardware, and the program may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, and the above-mentioned storage medium may be a read-only memory, a disk, or an optical disk, etc.

以上仅为本申请的可选实施例,并不用以限制本申请,凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。 The above are only optional embodiments of the present application and are not intended to limit the present application. Any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of the present application should be included in the scope of protection of the present application.

Claims (97)

一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法由第一站点执行,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is performed by a first station, and the method includes: 发送第一帧,所述第一帧包括请求或建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集;Sending a first frame, the first frame including a transmission parameter set requested or suggested to be used by the second station on at least one subchannel; 其中,所述至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于所述第一站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第一站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。The at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输参数集包括如下至少一种参数:子信道带宽BW、调制编码方案MCS、空间流数NSS、期望的接收信号强度RSSI、是否使用分布式资源单元DRU、是否使用频域复制传输、是否使用空域复制传输。The method according to claim 1 is characterized in that the transmission parameter set includes at least one of the following parameters: subchannel bandwidth BW, modulation and coding scheme MCS, number of spatial streams NSS, expected received signal strength RSSI, whether to use distributed resource units DRU, whether to use frequency domain replication transmission, and whether to use spatial domain replication transmission. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于请求或建议所述第二站点在传输机会TXOP中使用所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in a transmission opportunity TXOP. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括TXOP分享请求帧,和/或,所述第一帧用于反向传输授权RDG。The method according to claim 3, wherein the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request frame, and/or the first frame is used for a reverse transmission grant RDG. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括如下至少一种帧:请求以发送RTS帧、多用户MU-RTS帧、业务质量Qos空帧、第一控制帧。The method according to claim 3 or 4 is characterized in that the first frame includes at least one of the following frames: a request to send RTS frame, a multi-user MU-RTS frame, a quality of service (Qos) empty frame, and a first control frame. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括如下字段中的至少之一:公共信息字段、特殊用户信息字段、用户信息字段。The method according to claim 5, characterized in that the MU-RTS frame includes at least one of the following fields: a common information field, a special user information field, and a user information field. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to claim 6 is characterized in that the user information field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括一个或多个所述用户信息字段。The method according to claim 7, wherein the MU-RTS frame includes one or more user information fields. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述MU-RTS帧包括多个所述用户信息字段情况下,每个所述用户信息字段对应所述至少一个子信道中的一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的一组参数。The method according to claim 8, characterized in that, when the MU-RTS frame includes multiple user information fields, each of the user information fields corresponds to a subchannel of the at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括的第一个用户信息字段包括分配时长字段。The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the first user information field included in the MU-RTS frame includes an allocation duration field. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述公共信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to claim 6 is characterized in that the common information field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求1至11任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于请求或建议所述第二站点在后续传输中使用所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in subsequent transmission. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个子信道中的不同子信道对应所述传输参数集中的不同参数。The method according to claim 12, characterized in that different subchannels in the at least one subchannel correspond to different parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于反向传输授权或链路自适应控制。The method according to claim 12 or 13 is characterized in that the first frame is used for reverse transmission authorization or link adaptation control. 根据权利要求12至14任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括如下至少一种:第一数据帧、第一管理帧、附加在所述第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧、附加在所述第一数据帧之后的所述第一管理帧。The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, characterized in that the first frame includes at least one of the following: a first data frame, a first management frame, a QoS empty frame attached to the first data frame, and the first management frame attached to the first data frame. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据帧包括聚合控制字段。The method according to claim 15 is characterized in that the first data frame includes an aggregation control field. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述附加在所述第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧包括聚合控制字段。The method according to claim 15 is characterized in that the QoS empty frame attached to the first data frame includes an aggregation control field. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述聚合控制字段包括控制信息字段,所述控制信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;The method according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that the aggregation control field includes a control information field, and the control information field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; 其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一管理帧包括子信道信息元素,所述子信道信息元素用于指示所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to claim 15 is characterized in that the first management frame includes a subchannel information element, and the subchannel information element is used to indicate the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子信道信息元素包括如下字段中的至少之一:元素标识字段、长度字段、元素标识扩展字段、子信道数量字段、子信道字段;其中,所述子信道字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道中的一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的一组参数。The method according to claim 19 is characterized in that the subchannel information element includes at least one of the following fields: an element identification field, a length field, an element identification extension field, a subchannel number field, and a subchannel field; wherein the subchannel field is used to indicate a subchannel in the at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子信道字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to claim 20 is characterized in that the sub-channel field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子信道信息元素包括多个所述子信道字段。The method according to claim 20 or 21 is characterized in that the sub-channel information element includes a plurality of sub-channel fields. 根据权利要求7或11或18或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输参数字段包括如下字段中的 至少之一:用于指示调制编码方案MCS的字段、用于指示空间流数NSS的字段、用于指示期望的接收信号强度RSSI的字段、用于指示是否使用分布式资源单元DRU的字段、用于指示是否使用频域复制传输的字段、用于指示是否使用空域复制传输的字段。The method according to claim 7 or 11 or 18 or 21, characterized in that the transmission parameter field includes the following fields: At least one of: a field for indicating the modulation and coding scheme MCS, a field for indicating the number of spatial streams NSS, a field for indicating the expected received signal strength RSSI, a field for indicating whether a distributed resource unit DRU is used, a field for indicating whether frequency domain replication transmission is used, and a field for indicating whether spatial domain replication transmission is used. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法由第二站点执行,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is performed by a second station, and the method includes: 接收第一帧,所述第一帧包括请求或建议所述第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集;receiving a first frame, the first frame including a set of transmission parameters requested or suggested for use by the second station on at least one subchannel; 其中,所述至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第一站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。The at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输参数集包括如下至少一种参数:子信道带宽BW、调制编码方案MCS、空间流数NSS、期望的接收信号强度RSSI、是否使用分布式资源单元DRU、是否使用频域复制传输、是否使用空域复制传输。The method according to claim 24 is characterized in that the transmission parameter set includes at least one of the following parameters: subchannel bandwidth BW, modulation and coding scheme MCS, number of spatial streams NSS, expected received signal strength RSSI, whether to use distributed resource units DRU, whether to use frequency domain replication transmission, and whether to use spatial domain replication transmission. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于请求或建议所述第二站点在传输机会TXOP中使用所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to claim 24 or 25, characterized in that the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in a transmission opportunity TXOP. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括TXOP分享请求帧,和/或,所述第一帧用于反向传输授权RDG。The method according to claim 26, wherein the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request frame, and/or the first frame is used for a reverse transmission grant RDG. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括如下至少一种帧:请求以发送RTS帧、多用户MU-RTS帧、业务质量Qos空帧、第一控制帧。The method according to claim 26 or 27 is characterized in that the first frame includes at least one of the following frames: a request to send RTS frame, a multi-user MU-RTS frame, a quality of service (Qos) empty frame, and a first control frame. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括如下字段中的至少之一:公共信息字段、特殊用户信息字段、用户信息字段。The method according to claim 28 is characterized in that the MU-RTS frame includes at least one of the following fields: a common information field, a special user information field, and a user information field. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to claim 29 is characterized in that the user information field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括一个或多个所述用户信息字段。The method according to claim 30, characterized in that the MU-RTS frame includes one or more user information fields. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述MU-RTS帧包括多个所述用户信息字段情况下,每个所述用户信息字段对应所述至少一个子信道中的一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的一组参数。The method according to claim 31 is characterized in that, when the MU-RTS frame includes multiple user information fields, each of the user information fields corresponds to a subchannel of the at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括的第一个用户信息字段包括分配时长字段。The method according to claim 32 is characterized in that the first user information field included in the MU-RTS frame includes an allocation duration field. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述公共信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to claim 29 is characterized in that the common information field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求24至34任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于请求或建议所述第二站点在后续传输中使用所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to any one of claims 24 to 34 is characterized in that the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in subsequent transmission. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个子信道中的不同子信道对应所述传输参数集中的不同参数。The method according to claim 35 is characterized in that different subchannels in the at least one subchannel correspond to different parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求35或36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于反向传输授权或链路自适应控制。The method according to claim 35 or 36 is characterized in that the first frame is used for reverse transmission authorization or link adaptation control. 根据权利要求35至37任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括如下至少一种:第一数据帧、第一管理帧、附加在所述第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧、附加在所述第一数据帧之后的所述第一管理帧。The method according to any one of claims 35 to 37 is characterized in that the first frame includes at least one of the following: a first data frame, a first management frame, a Qos empty frame attached to the first data frame, and the first management frame attached to the first data frame. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据帧包括聚合控制字段。The method according to claim 38 is characterized in that the first data frame includes an aggregation control field. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述附加在所述第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧包括聚合控制字段。The method according to claim 38 is characterized in that the Qos empty frame attached to the first data frame includes an aggregation control field. 根据权利要求39或40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述聚合控制字段包括控制信息字段,所述控制信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;The method according to claim 39 or 40, characterized in that the aggregation control field includes a control information field, and the control information field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; 其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一管理帧包括子信道信息元素,所述子信道信息元素用于指示所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The method according to claim 38 is characterized in that the first management frame includes a subchannel information element, and the subchannel information element is used to indicate the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子信道信息元素包括如下字段中的至少之一:元素标识字段、长度字段、元素标识扩展字段、子信道数量字段、子信道字段;其中,所述子信道字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道中的一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的一组参数。The method according to claim 42 is characterized in that the subchannel information element includes at least one of the following fields: an element identification field, a length field, an element identification extension field, a subchannel number field, and a subchannel field; wherein the subchannel field is used to indicate a subchannel in the at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子信道字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。 The method according to claim 43 is characterized in that the sub-channel field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求43或44所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子信道信息元素包括多个所述子信道字段。The method according to claim 43 or 44 is characterized in that the sub-channel information element includes a plurality of sub-channel fields. 根据权利要求30或34或41或44所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输参数字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:用于指示调制编码方案MCS的字段、用于指示空间流数NSS的字段、用于指示期望的接收信号强度RSSI的字段、用于指示是否使用分布式资源单元DRU的字段、用于指示是否使用频域复制传输的字段、用于指示是否使用空域复制传输的字段。The method according to claim 30 or 34 or 41 or 44 is characterized in that the transmission parameter field includes at least one of the following fields: a field for indicating the modulation and coding scheme MCS, a field for indicating the number of spatial streams NSS, a field for indicating the expected received signal strength RSSI, a field for indicating whether a distributed resource unit DRU is used, a field for indicating whether frequency domain replication transmission is used, and a field for indicating whether spatial domain replication transmission is used. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device comprises: 发送模块,用于发送第一帧,所述第一帧包括请求或建议第二站点在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集;其中,所述至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第二站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。A sending module is used to send a first frame, wherein the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requesting or suggesting that a second site use at least one subchannel; wherein the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the device; a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the device; a subchannel within the working channel bandwidth of the second site; and a subchannel outside the working channel bandwidth of the second site. 根据权利要求47所述的装置,其特征在于,所述传输参数集包括如下至少一种参数:子信道带宽BW、调制编码方案MCS、空间流数NSS、期望的接收信号强度RSSI、是否使用分布式资源单元DRU、是否使用频域复制传输、是否使用空域复制传输。The device according to claim 47 is characterized in that the transmission parameter set includes at least one of the following parameters: subchannel bandwidth BW, modulation and coding scheme MCS, number of spatial streams NSS, expected received signal strength RSSI, whether distributed resource unit DRU is used, whether frequency domain replication transmission is used, and whether spatial domain replication transmission is used. 根据权利要求47或48所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于请求或建议所述第二站点在传输机会TXOP中使用所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The apparatus according to claim 47 or 48, wherein the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in a transmission opportunity TXOP. 根据权利要求49所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括TXOP分享请求帧,和/或,所述第一帧用于反向传输授权RDG。The apparatus according to claim 49, wherein the first frame comprises a TXOP sharing request frame, and/or the first frame is used for a reverse transmission grant (RDG). 根据权利要求49或50所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括如下至少一种帧:请求以发送RTS帧、多用户MU-RTS帧、业务质量Qos空帧、第一控制帧。The device according to claim 49 or 50 is characterized in that the first frame includes at least one of the following frames: a request to send RTS frame, a multi-user MU-RTS frame, a quality of service (Qos) empty frame, and a first control frame. 根据权利要求51所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括如下字段中的至少之一:公共信息字段、特殊用户信息字段、用户信息字段。The device according to claim 51 is characterized in that the MU-RTS frame includes at least one of the following fields: a common information field, a special user information field, and a user information field. 根据权利要求52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述用户信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The device according to claim 52 is characterized in that the user information field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求53所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括一个或多个所述用户信息字段。The apparatus according to claim 53, wherein the MU-RTS frame comprises one or more of the user information fields. 根据权利要求54所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述MU-RTS帧包括多个所述用户信息字段情况下,每个所述用户信息字段对应所述至少一个子信道中的一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的一组参数。The device according to claim 54 is characterized in that, when the MU-RTS frame includes multiple user information fields, each of the user information fields corresponds to a subchannel of the at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括的第一个用户信息字段包括分配时长字段。The apparatus according to claim 55, wherein the first user information field included in the MU-RTS frame includes an allocation duration field. 根据权利要求52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述公共信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The device according to claim 52 is characterized in that the common information field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求47至57任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于请求或建议所述第二站点在后续传输中使用所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The device according to any one of claims 47 to 57 is characterized in that the first frame is used to request or suggest that the second station use the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in subsequent transmission. 根据权利要求58所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少一个子信道中的不同子信道对应所述传输参数集中的不同参数。The apparatus according to claim 58, wherein different subchannels in the at least one subchannel correspond to different parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求58或59所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于反向传输授权或链路自适应控制。The device according to claim 58 or 59 is characterized in that the first frame is used for reverse transmission authorization or link adaptation control. 根据权利要求58至60任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括如下至少一种:第一数据帧、第一管理帧、附加在所述第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧、附加在所述第一数据帧之后的所述第一管理帧。The device according to any one of claims 58 to 60 is characterized in that the first frame includes at least one of the following: a first data frame, a first management frame, a Qos empty frame attached to the first data frame, and the first management frame attached to the first data frame. 根据权利要求61所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一数据帧包括聚合控制字段。The apparatus according to claim 61 is characterized in that the first data frame includes an aggregation control field. 根据权利要求61所述的装置,其特征在于,所述附加在所述第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧包括聚合控制字段。The device according to claim 61 is characterized in that the Qos empty frame attached to the first data frame includes an aggregation control field. 根据权利要求62或63所述的装置,其特征在于,所述聚合控制字段包括控制信息字段,所述控制信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;The apparatus according to claim 62 or 63, wherein the aggregation control field comprises a control information field, and the control information field comprises at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; 其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求61所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一管理帧包括子信道信息元素,所述子信道信息元素用于指示所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The apparatus according to claim 61 is characterized in that the first management frame includes a subchannel information element, and the subchannel information element is used to indicate the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求65所述的装置,其特征在于,所述子信道信息元素包括如下字段中的至少之一:元素标识字段、长度字段、元素标识扩展字段、子信道数量字段、子信道字段;其中,所述子信道字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道中的一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的一组参数。The device according to claim 65 is characterized in that the subchannel information element includes at least one of the following fields: an element identification field, a length field, an element identification extension field, a subchannel number field, and a subchannel field; wherein the subchannel field is used to indicate a subchannel in the at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求66所述的装置,其特征在于,所述子信道字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单 元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The apparatus according to claim 66, wherein the subchannel field comprises at least one of the following fields: resource unit Meta RU allocation field, primary and secondary 160 field, and transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求66或67所述的装置,其特征在于,所述子信道信息元素包括多个所述子信道字段。The apparatus according to claim 66 or 67, wherein the sub-channel information element comprises a plurality of sub-channel fields. 根据权利要求53或57或64或67所述的装置,其特征在于,所述传输参数字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:用于指示调制编码方案MCS的字段、用于指示空间流数NSS的字段、用于指示期望的接收信号强度RSSI的字段、用于指示是否使用分布式资源单元DRU的字段、用于指示是否使用频域复制传输的字段、用于指示是否使用空域复制传输的字段。The device according to claim 53 or 57 or 64 or 67 is characterized in that the transmission parameter field includes at least one of the following fields: a field for indicating the modulation and coding scheme MCS, a field for indicating the number of spatial streams NSS, a field for indicating the expected received signal strength RSSI, a field for indicating whether a distributed resource unit DRU is used, a field for indicating whether frequency domain replication transmission is used, and a field for indicating whether spatial domain replication transmission is used. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device comprises: 接收模块,用于接收第一帧,所述第一帧包括请求或建议所述装置在至少一个子信道使用的传输参数集;其中,所述至少一个子信道包括如下至少一种子信道:位于第一站点的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述第一站点的工作信道带宽之外的子信道;位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之内的子信道;位于所述装置的工作信道带宽之外的子信道。A receiving module is used to receive a first frame, wherein the first frame includes a transmission parameter set requesting or suggesting that the device use at least one subchannel; wherein the at least one subchannel includes at least one of the following subchannels: a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the first site; a subchannel located within the working channel bandwidth of the device; and a subchannel located outside the working channel bandwidth of the device. 根据权利要求70所述的装置,其特征在于,所述传输参数集包括如下至少一种参数:子信道带宽BW、调制编码方案MCS、空间流数NSS、期望的接收信号强度RSSI、是否使用分布式资源单元DRU、是否使用频域复制传输、是否使用空域复制传输。The device according to claim 70 is characterized in that the transmission parameter set includes at least one of the following parameters: subchannel bandwidth BW, modulation and coding scheme MCS, number of spatial streams NSS, expected received signal strength RSSI, whether distributed resource unit DRU is used, whether frequency domain replication transmission is used, and whether spatial domain replication transmission is used. 根据权利要求70或71所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于请求或建议所述装置在传输机会TXOP中使用所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The device according to claim 70 or 71 is characterized in that the first frame is used to request or suggest that the device use the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in a transmission opportunity TXOP. 根据权利要求72所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括TXOP分享请求帧,和/或,所述第一帧用于反向传输授权RDG。The device according to claim 72 is characterized in that the first frame includes a TXOP sharing request frame, and/or the first frame is used for a reverse transmission grant RDG. 根据权利要求72或73所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括如下至少一种帧:请求以发送RTS帧、多用户MU-RTS帧、业务质量Qos空帧、第一控制帧。The device according to claim 72 or 73 is characterized in that the first frame includes at least one of the following frames: a request to send RTS frame, a multi-user MU-RTS frame, a quality of service (Qos) empty frame, and a first control frame. 根据权利要求74所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括如下字段中的至少之一:公共信息字段、特殊用户信息字段、用户信息字段。The device according to claim 74 is characterized in that the MU-RTS frame includes at least one of the following fields: a common information field, a special user information field, and a user information field. 根据权利要求75所述的装置,其特征在于,所述用户信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The device according to claim 75 is characterized in that the user information field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求76所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括一个或多个所述用户信息字段。The apparatus according to claim 76, wherein the MU-RTS frame comprises one or more of the user information fields. 根据权利要求77所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述MU-RTS帧包括多个所述用户信息字段情况下,每个所述用户信息字段对应所述至少一个子信道中的一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的一组参数。The device according to claim 77 is characterized in that, when the MU-RTS frame includes multiple user information fields, each of the user information fields corresponds to a subchannel of the at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求78所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MU-RTS帧包括的第一个用户信息字段包括分配时长字段。The apparatus according to claim 78, wherein the first user information field included in the MU-RTS frame includes an allocation duration field. 根据权利要求75所述的装置,其特征在于,所述公共信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The device according to claim 75 is characterized in that the common information field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求70至80任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于请求或建议所述装置在后续传输中使用所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The device according to any one of claims 70 to 80 is characterized in that the first frame is used to request or suggest that the device use the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set in subsequent transmission. 根据权利要求81所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少一个子信道中的不同子信道对应所述传输参数集中的不同参数。The device according to claim 81 is characterized in that different subchannels in the at least one subchannel correspond to different parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求81或82所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧用于反向传输授权或链路自适应控制。The device according to claim 81 or 82 is characterized in that the first frame is used for reverse transmission authorization or link adaptation control. 根据权利要求81至83任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧包括如下至少一种:第一数据帧、第一管理帧、附加在所述第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧、附加在所述第一数据帧之后的所述第一管理帧。The device according to any one of claims 81 to 83 is characterized in that the first frame includes at least one of the following: a first data frame, a first management frame, a Qos empty frame attached to the first data frame, and the first management frame attached to the first data frame. 根据权利要求84所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一数据帧包括聚合控制字段。The apparatus according to claim 84 is characterized in that the first data frame includes an aggregation control field. 根据权利要求84所述的装置,其特征在于,所述附加在所述第一数据帧之后的Qos空帧包括聚合控制字段。The device according to claim 84 is characterized in that the Qos empty frame attached to the first data frame includes an aggregation control field. 根据权利要求85或86所述的装置,其特征在于,所述聚合控制字段包括控制信息字段,所述控制信息字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;The apparatus according to claim 85 or 86, wherein the aggregation control field comprises a control information field, and the control information field comprises at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; 其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The RU allocation field and/or the primary/secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求84所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一管理帧包括子信道信息元素,所述子信道信息元素用于指示所述至少一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The apparatus according to claim 84 is characterized in that the first management frame includes a subchannel information element, and the subchannel information element is used to indicate the at least one subchannel and at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求88所述的装置,其特征在于,所述子信道信息元素包括如下字段中的至少之一:元素标识字段、长度字段、元素标识扩展字段、子信道数量字段、子信道字段;其中,所述子信道字段用于 指示所述至少一个子信道中的一个子信道和所述传输参数集中的一组参数。The apparatus according to claim 88, wherein the subchannel information element comprises at least one of the following fields: an element identification field, a length field, an element identification extension field, a subchannel number field, and a subchannel field; wherein the subchannel field is used to A subchannel of the at least one subchannel and a set of parameters in the transmission parameter set are indicated. 根据权利要求89所述的装置,其特征在于,所述子信道字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:资源单元RU分配字段、主辅160字段、传输参数字段;其中,所述RU分配字段和/或所述主辅160字段用于指示所述至少一个子信道,所述传输参数字段用于指示所述传输参数集中的至少一组参数。The device according to claim 89 is characterized in that the sub-channel field includes at least one of the following fields: a resource unit RU allocation field, a primary and secondary 160 field, and a transmission parameter field; wherein the RU allocation field and/or the primary and secondary 160 field are used to indicate the at least one sub-channel, and the transmission parameter field is used to indicate at least one set of parameters in the transmission parameter set. 根据权利要求89或90所述的装置,其特征在于,所述子信道信息元素包括多个所述子信道字段。The apparatus according to claim 89 or 90, wherein the sub-channel information element comprises a plurality of sub-channel fields. 根据权利要求76或80或87或90所述的装置,其特征在于,所述传输参数字段包括如下字段中的至少之一:用于指示调制编码方案MCS的字段、用于指示空间流数NSS的字段、用于指示期望的接收信号强度RSSI的字段、用于指示是否使用分布式资源单元DRU的字段、用于指示是否使用频域复制传输的字段、用于指示是否使用空域复制传输的字段。The device according to claim 76 or 80 or 87 or 90 is characterized in that the transmission parameter field includes at least one of the following fields: a field for indicating a modulation and coding scheme MCS, a field for indicating a number of spatial streams NSS, a field for indicating an expected received signal strength RSSI, a field for indicating whether a distributed resource unit DRU is used, a field for indicating whether frequency domain replication transmission is used, and a field for indicating whether spatial domain replication transmission is used. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,所述通信设备包括:处理器;与所述处理器相连的收发器;用于存储所述处理器的可执行指令的存储器;其中,所述处理器被配置为加载并执行所述可执行指令以实现如权利要求1至23任一所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a processor; a transceiver connected to the processor; and a memory for storing executable instructions of the processor; wherein the processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 23. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,所述通信设备包括:处理器;与所述处理器相连的收发器;用于存储所述处理器的可执行指令的存储器;其中,所述处理器被配置为加载并执行所述可执行指令以实现如权利要求24至46任一所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a processor; a transceiver connected to the processor; and a memory for storing executable instructions of the processor; wherein the processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the communication method as described in any one of claims 24 to 46. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有至少一段程序,所述至少一段程序由处理器加载并执行以实现如权利要求1至23任一所述的通信方法,或权利要求24至46任一所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that at least one program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the at least one program is loaded and executed by a processor to implement the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, or the communication method according to any one of claims 24 to 46. 一种计算机程序产品或计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品或所述计算机程序包括计算机指令,所述计算机指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中,处理器从所述计算机可读存储介质中获取所述计算机指令,所述处理器执行所述计算机指令以实现如权利要求1至23任一所述的通信方法,或权利要求24至46任一所述的通信方法。A computer program product or a computer program, characterized in that the computer program product or the computer program includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, a processor obtains the computer instructions from the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor executes the computer instructions to implement the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, or the communication method according to any one of claims 24 to 46. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或至少一段程序,所述芯片用于基于所述可编程逻辑电路和/或所述至少一段程序,实现如权利要求1至23任一所述的通信方法,或权利要求24至46任一所述的通信方法。 A chip, characterized in that the chip includes a programmable logic circuit and/or at least one program, and the chip is used to implement the communication method described in any one of claims 1 to 23, or the communication method described in any one of claims 24 to 46 based on the programmable logic circuit and/or the at least one program.
PCT/CN2024/087601 2024-04-12 2024-04-12 Communication methods, apparatuses and devices, medium and program product Pending WO2025213469A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2024/087601 WO2025213469A1 (en) 2024-04-12 2024-04-12 Communication methods, apparatuses and devices, medium and program product

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2024/087601 WO2025213469A1 (en) 2024-04-12 2024-04-12 Communication methods, apparatuses and devices, medium and program product

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025213469A1 true WO2025213469A1 (en) 2025-10-16

Family

ID=97349164

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/087601 Pending WO2025213469A1 (en) 2024-04-12 2024-04-12 Communication methods, apparatuses and devices, medium and program product

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025213469A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160100408A1 (en) * 2014-10-06 2016-04-07 Newracom, Inc. Multiuser signaling and access request mechanisms
CN107251470A (en) * 2015-03-04 2017-10-13 英特尔Ip公司 Sensing and Delay for Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access in Wireless Networks
CN116830679A (en) * 2023-04-21 2023-09-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method, electronic device, and storage medium
CN117336794A (en) * 2018-07-05 2024-01-02 高通股份有限公司 Supporting 320MHz operation BW
CN117716653A (en) * 2021-06-25 2024-03-15 交互数字专利控股公司 Implementation of enhancer channel selective transmission in WLAN systems

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160100408A1 (en) * 2014-10-06 2016-04-07 Newracom, Inc. Multiuser signaling and access request mechanisms
CN107251470A (en) * 2015-03-04 2017-10-13 英特尔Ip公司 Sensing and Delay for Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access in Wireless Networks
CN117336794A (en) * 2018-07-05 2024-01-02 高通股份有限公司 Supporting 320MHz operation BW
CN117716653A (en) * 2021-06-25 2024-03-15 交互数字专利控股公司 Implementation of enhancer channel selective transmission in WLAN systems
CN116830679A (en) * 2023-04-21 2023-09-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method, electronic device, and storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113613338B (en) Method, wireless device and memory for LBT channel access procedure for uplink LAA
JP2022111242A (en) Communication apparatus, communication method and integrated circuit
JP6422903B2 (en) Wireless communication apparatus and wireless communication method
KR20210004869A (en) Method and apparatus for multi transmission in multi link wireless local access network
US11765713B2 (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communications
US11832265B2 (en) Method and apparatus for indicating slot format in wireless communication system
US20220095371A1 (en) Method and device for determining transmission time in wireless communication system
US12150075B2 (en) Wireless communication method using multilink, and wireless communication terminal using same
WO2022057655A1 (en) Cooperative transmission method and apparatus for wireless local area network
US20240214163A1 (en) Physical Layer Protocol Data Unit Transmission Method and Apparatus
WO2024177722A1 (en) Resource allocation techniques to support multiple peer-to-peer (p2p) sessions
US20230057296A1 (en) Communication apparatus, communication control method, communication method, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2022237655A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication device
WO2022215350A1 (en) Communication device, base station device, communication method, and communication program
US20230118350A1 (en) Method and apparatus for feeding back harq-ack in wireless communication system
WO2023036438A1 (en) Method and apparatuses for communicating on a first channel and a second channel
US20240340700A1 (en) Multi-Access Point Offloading Based on Traffic Category
US20250132871A1 (en) Preemption techniques for low latency devices
WO2025213469A1 (en) Communication methods, apparatuses and devices, medium and program product
EP4668995A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
US20250379711A1 (en) Channel operation method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
US20250338261A1 (en) Uhr initial control frames and initial control responses
US20250080275A1 (en) Enhancements to request to send and clear to send exchanges
US20250351171A1 (en) Indications for non-primary channel access
US20250267708A1 (en) Multi-ap transmission scheme selection

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24934546

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1